1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % for customized page headers/footers
48 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
50 % change header rule width
51 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
53 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
54 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
55 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
57 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
59 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
60 \use_default_options false
64 \maintain_unincluded_children false
66 \language_package default
71 \font_typewriter default
72 \font_default_family default
73 \use_non_tex_fonts false
80 \default_output_format default
82 \bibtex_command default
83 \index_command default
87 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
88 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
92 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
93 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
94 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
99 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
100 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
110 \paperorientation portrait
113 \notefontcolor #0000ff
130 \paragraph_separation indent
131 \paragraph_indentation default
132 \quotes_language english
135 \paperpagestyle default
136 \tracking_changes false
137 \output_changes false
155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
157 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
159 \begin_inset CommandInset href
161 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Newline newline
180 \begin_inset Note Note
183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
184 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
185 \begin_inset Newline newline
190 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
198 \begin_layout Standard
199 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
200 LatexCommand tableofcontents
207 \begin_layout Chapter
211 \begin_layout Section
215 \begin_layout Standard
216 LyX is a document preparation system.
217 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
218 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
219 It is unlike most other
220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
229 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 pt type, left justified, 5
246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
254 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
258 \begin_layout Standard
259 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
272 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
276 \begin_layout Standard
278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
289 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
290 the format of all of the manuals.
291 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
292 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
309 \begin_layout Section
313 \begin_layout Standard
314 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
316 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
317 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
321 \begin_layout Standard
322 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
323 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
324 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
326 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
327 only a vertical scrollbar.
328 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
329 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
330 This, however, is due
331 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
332 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
333 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
334 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
336 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
337 this doesn't work for equations yet.
340 \begin_layout Standard
341 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
349 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
354 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
355 ing sections of this documentation.
358 \begin_layout Section
362 \begin_layout Standard
363 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
368 of the manuals from inside LyX.
369 Just select the manual you want read from the
376 \begin_layout Section
378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
380 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
387 \begin_layout Standard
388 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
389 without resorting to configuration files.
390 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
391 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
392 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
397 \begin_inset Index idx
400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
408 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
413 \begin_inset space \space{}
416 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
417 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
419 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
423 \begin_inset Index idx
426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
427 Reconfiguration of LyX
432 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
435 \begin_layout Section
437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
439 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
446 \begin_layout Standard
447 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
448 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
450 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
451 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
455 \begin_layout Standard
456 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
458 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
459 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
462 \begin_layout Standard
463 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
464 you can view from the menu
466 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
485 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
486 reconfigure LyX (menu
488 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
492 \begin_inset Note Note
495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
496 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
504 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
505 More about TeX Code is described in section
510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
512 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
516 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
523 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
533 \begin_inset Index idx
536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
537 Reconfiguration of LyX
542 See section 5.1 of the
546 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
549 \begin_layout Chapter
553 \begin_layout Section
554 Basic File Operations
555 \begin_inset Index idx
558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
567 \begin_layout Standard
572 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
573 in addition to some more advanced operations:
576 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_layout Itemize
606 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Itemize
688 arg "dialog-show print"
694 \begin_layout Itemize
700 \begin_layout Standard
701 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
702 a few minor differences.
705 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
720 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
721 you for a template to use.
722 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
723 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
724 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
732 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
739 \begin_layout Standard
740 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
772 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
773 space is just that — a big, blank space.
781 \begin_layout Standard
802 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
807 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
832 will reload the document from disk.
833 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
834 and want to restore it to the last save.
843 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
844 can identify them as your changes.
847 \begin_layout Section
848 Basic Editing Features
849 \begin_inset Index idx
852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
861 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
870 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
871 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
872 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
874 We'll start with cut and paste.
877 \begin_layout Standard
878 As you might expect, the
882 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
883 various other editing features.
884 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
888 \begin_layout Itemize
902 \begin_layout Itemize
916 \begin_layout Itemize
930 \begin_layout Itemize
940 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_layout Itemize
966 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
972 \begin_layout Standard
973 The first three are self-explanatory.
974 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
975 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
984 keys also function as the
989 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
990 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
995 to get back the lost text.
998 \begin_layout Standard
999 \begin_inset Index idx
1002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1008 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1012 \begin_inset space ~
1017 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1020 \begin_layout Standard
1023 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1028 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1034 \begin_inset space ~
1039 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1045 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1049 \begin_inset space ~
1054 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1055 will start a new paragraph.
1058 \begin_layout Standard
1059 \begin_inset Index idx
1062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1069 \begin_inset Index idx
1072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1080 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1098 \begin_inset space ~
1104 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1109 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1112 \begin_inset space ~
1121 \begin_inset space ~
1126 button to skip the current word.
1130 \begin_inset space ~
1135 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1139 \begin_inset space ~
1144 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1146 If the toggle is set, searching for
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1158 will not match the word
1159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1173 Match whole words only
1175 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1204 LyX offers also an advanced
1207 \begin_inset space ~
1211 \begin_inset space ~
1216 feature that is described in sec.
1217 \begin_inset space ~
1221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1223 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1230 \begin_layout Standard
1231 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1232 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1234 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1239 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1246 \begin_layout Section
1248 \begin_inset Index idx
1251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1258 \begin_inset Index idx
1261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1270 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1277 \begin_layout Standard
1278 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1279 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1282 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1285 or the toolbar button
1291 to undo some mistake.
1292 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1294 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1297 or the toolbar button
1304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1311 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1315 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1328 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1329 This is a consequence of the 100
1330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1333 step undo limit, above.
1336 \begin_layout Standard
1345 work on almost everything in LyX.
1346 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1350 \begin_layout Section
1352 \begin_inset Index idx
1355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1365 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1368 \begin_layout Enumerate
1373 \begin_layout Itemize
1378 once anywhere in the edit window.
1379 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Itemize
1394 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1397 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1400 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1403 \begin_layout Itemize
1404 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1406 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1413 \begin_layout Enumerate
1414 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1418 \begin_layout Standard
1419 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1420 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1424 \begin_layout Enumerate
1429 \begin_layout Standard
1434 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1439 \begin_layout Section
1441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1443 name "sec:Navigating"
1448 \begin_inset Index idx
1451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1460 \begin_layout Standard
1461 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1470 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 or by the toolbar button
1482 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1488 \begin_layout Itemize
1489 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1491 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 and use the same menu to return to them.
1495 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1498 \begin_layout Standard
1502 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1507 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1508 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1511 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1512 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1513 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1514 your last editing position.
1517 \begin_layout Subsection
1521 \begin_layout Standard
1522 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1530 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1531 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1532 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1533 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1534 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1537 LatexCommand formatted
1538 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1542 ), or notes, or citations (see
1543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1544 LatexCommand formatted
1545 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1550 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1552 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1553 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1554 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1555 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1558 LatexCommand formatted
1559 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1563 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1565 LatexCommand formatted
1566 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1571 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1575 \begin_layout Standard
1576 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1577 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1578 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1579 dialog and to modify the citation.
1580 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1584 \begin_layout Standard
1585 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1587 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1588 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1596 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1599 \begin_layout Standard
1600 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1601 you further to control the display.
1606 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1607 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1612 option keeps it in the current view state.
1613 Keeping means that when you have e.
1614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1618 \begin_inset space \space{}
1621 the subsections of section
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1625 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1626 \begin_inset space ~
1629 3, the subsections of section
1630 \begin_inset space ~
1633 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1638 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1639 \begin_inset space ~
1643 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1653 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1656 \begin_layout Standard
1658 \begin_inset space ~
1662 \begin_inset Graphics
1663 filename ../images/reload.png
1668 \begin_inset space ~
1671 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1672 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1675 \begin_inset space \space{}
1679 \begin_inset Graphics
1680 filename ../images/down.png
1682 groupId toolbarbuttons
1687 \begin_inset space ~
1691 \begin_inset space \space{}
1695 \begin_inset Graphics
1696 filename ../images/up.png
1698 groupId toolbarbuttons
1703 \begin_inset space ~
1706 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1707 So, for example, you can move section
1708 \begin_inset space ~
1712 \begin_inset space ~
1715 2.4 or after section
1716 \begin_inset space ~
1720 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1722 \begin_inset Graphics
1723 filename ../images/promote.png
1725 groupId toolbarbuttons
1730 \begin_inset Graphics
1731 filename ../images/demote.png
1733 groupId toolbarbuttons
1737 (or the corresponding key bindings
1745 ) you can change the level of sections.
1746 So you can for example make section
1747 \begin_inset space ~
1751 \begin_inset space ~
1755 \begin_inset space ~
1761 \begin_layout Section
1762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1764 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1769 \begin_inset Index idx
1772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1779 \begin_inset Index idx
1782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1810 Input / Word Completion
1813 \begin_layout Standard
1814 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1816 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1817 is used to propose completions.
1820 \begin_layout Standard
1821 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1822 there are completions available.
1823 You can then press the
1827 key to use this completion.
1828 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1829 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1830 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1837 \begin_layout Standard
1838 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1840 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1843 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1845 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1848 by deselecting the option
1855 Automatic inline completion
1857 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1858 To accept this proposal, use the
1867 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1868 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1876 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1883 \begin_layout Section
1885 \begin_inset Index idx
1888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1895 \begin_inset Index idx
1898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1927 \begin_inset Index idx
1930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1961 \begin_layout Standard
1962 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1963 LyX's default is CUA.
1966 \begin_layout Standard
1970 \begin_inset space ~
1978 \begin_inset space ~
1999 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2003 \begin_layout Labeling
2004 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2008 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2009 LatexCommand nomenclature
2011 description "Tabulator key"
2017 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2018 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2019 \begin_inset space ~
2023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2025 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2032 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2036 , especially section
2037 \begin_inset space ~
2041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2043 reference "sub:Lists"
2049 If you're still confused, look in the
2056 \begin_layout Labeling
2057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2061 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2062 LatexCommand nomenclature
2064 description "Escape key"
2071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2078 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2079 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2082 \begin_layout Labeling
2083 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2089 \begin_inset space ~
2093 \begin_inset space ~
2100 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2101 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2105 \begin_layout Standard
2106 There are three modifier keys:
2109 \begin_layout Labeling
2110 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2128 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2129 LatexCommand nomenclature
2131 description "Control key"
2135 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2136 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2140 \begin_layout Itemize
2149 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2152 \begin_layout Itemize
2161 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2164 \begin_layout Itemize
2173 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2177 \begin_layout Labeling
2178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2196 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2197 LatexCommand nomenclature
2199 description "Shift key"
2203 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2204 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2207 \begin_layout Labeling
2208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2226 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2227 LatexCommand nomenclature
2229 description "Alt or Meta key"
2233 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2234 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2235 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2241 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2243 menu accelerator keys
2246 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2247 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2251 \begin_layout Standard
2252 For example, the sequence
2253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2259 \begin_inset space ~
2263 \begin_inset space ~
2269 \begin_inset space ~
2277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2296 \begin_inset space ~
2302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2317 manual lists all other things bound to the
2325 \begin_layout Standard
2326 You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2327 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2328 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2329 just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2330 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2331 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2332 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2334 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2350 followed by a capital
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2360 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2365 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2368 as explained in sec.
2369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2375 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2382 \begin_layout Chapter
2384 \begin_inset Index idx
2387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2396 \begin_layout Section
2398 \begin_inset Index idx
2401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 \begin_layout Subsection
2414 \begin_layout Standard
2415 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2416 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2417 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2418 numbering schemes, and so on.
2419 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2420 and format the title of your document differently.
2423 \begin_layout Standard
2428 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2429 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2430 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2431 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2432 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2435 \begin_layout Standard
2436 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2437 how to adjust their properties.
2440 \begin_layout Subsection
2442 \begin_inset Index idx
2445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2454 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2461 \begin_layout Standard
2462 You can select a class using the
2464 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2465 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2469 \begin_inset Index idx
2472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2479 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2487 \begin_layout Standard
2488 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2492 \begin_layout Description
2493 Article for basic articles
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 Report for basic reports
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Book for writing a book
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Letter for US-style letters
2508 \begin_layout Standard
2509 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2510 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2511 will include many of these.
2512 Here are some of the classes.
2513 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2515 Special Document Classes
2524 \begin_layout Description
2525 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2538 \begin_layout Description
2539 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2540 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2541 There are three article layouts available.
2542 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2543 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2544 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2545 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2550 sequential numbering
2551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2554 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2555 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2556 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2557 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2560 \begin_layout Description
2561 Beamer Layout for presentations
2564 \begin_layout Description
2565 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2566 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2570 \begin_layout Description
2571 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2574 \begin_layout Description
2576 \begin_inset space ~
2579 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2582 \begin_layout Description
2583 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2586 \begin_layout Description
2587 Foils Used to make transparencies
2590 \begin_layout Description
2591 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2592 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2596 \begin_layout Description
2597 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2598 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2601 \begin_layout Description
2602 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2609 \begin_layout Description
2610 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2611 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2612 (Is used by this document.)
2615 \begin_layout Description
2616 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2619 \begin_layout Description
2620 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2623 \begin_layout Description
2628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2635 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2636 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2638 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2641 \begin_layout Description
2642 Slides Used to make transparencies
2645 \begin_layout Description
2647 \begin_inset space ~
2650 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2651 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2654 \begin_layout Description
2655 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2658 \begin_layout Standard
2659 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2661 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2667 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2668 of the document classes.
2671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2675 \begin_layout Standard
2676 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2678 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2679 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2681 \begin_inset Index idx
2684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2701 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2702 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2704 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2709 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2710 and some of them, like
2714 , are highly specialized.
2715 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2716 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2718 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2719 by some document class.
2720 There are just too many of them.
2721 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2724 \begin_layout Standard
2725 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2733 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2734 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2735 document class for a new file.
2736 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2741 Installing new LaTeX files
2742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2749 manual for information on how to install them.
2750 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2756 \begin_layout Standard
2757 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2758 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2760 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2761 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2762 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2764 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2767 \begin_inset space ~
2774 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2779 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2786 \begin_inset Index idx
2789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2798 \begin_layout Standard
2799 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2800 chosen document class.
2801 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2802 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2813 \begin_inset Index idx
2816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2823 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2827 \begin_layout Standard
2828 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2829 always installed by default.
2830 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2831 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2832 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2833 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2834 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2835 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2836 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2839 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2843 \begin_inset Index idx
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 Reconfiguration of LyX
2853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2856 Installing new LaTeX files
2857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2864 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2867 \begin_layout Standard
2868 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2876 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2877 LyX will advise you about these things.
2885 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2887 \begin_inset Index idx
2890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2891 Document ! Local Layout
2899 \begin_layout Standard
2900 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2901 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2902 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2903 writing a module for this purpose.
2904 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2905 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2907 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2908 What you want is LyX's
2909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2917 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
2921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2925 \begin_layout Standard
2926 Each class has a default set of options.
2927 Here's a quick table describing them:
2930 \begin_layout Standard
2931 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2939 \begin_inset Tabular
2940 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2941 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3407 \begin_layout Standard
3408 You're probably also wondering what
3409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3413 \begin_inset space ~
3417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3421 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3422 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3427 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3432 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3442 headings, there are also
3450 headings, and so on.
3451 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3452 \begin_inset space ~
3456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3458 reference "sub:Headings"
3465 \begin_layout Subsection
3467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3469 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3474 \begin_inset Index idx
3477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3486 \begin_inset Index idx
3489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3512 \begin_inset space ~
3517 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3519 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3520 to use for your document.
3521 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3538 \begin_inset space ~
3543 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3544 You can choose between the following five options:
3547 \begin_layout Labeling
3548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3553 Use default page style of current class.
3556 \begin_layout Labeling
3557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3562 No page numbers or headings.
3565 \begin_layout Labeling
3566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3574 \begin_layout Labeling
3575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3580 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3581 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3582 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3585 \begin_layout Labeling
3586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3591 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3597 \begin_inset Index idx
3600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3601 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3607 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3608 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3610 Check the documentation for the
3614 package for more details,
3615 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3629 of paragraphs is described in section
3630 \begin_inset space ~
3634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3636 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3643 \begin_layout Subsection
3644 Paper Size and Orientation
3645 \begin_inset Index idx
3648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3649 Document ! Paper size
3655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3657 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3664 \begin_layout Standard
3665 You'll find the following options in the menu
3668 \begin_inset space ~
3673 of the dialog of the
3675 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3681 \begin_inset Index idx
3684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3693 \begin_layout Labeling
3694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3698 \begin_inset space ~
3703 What size paper to print on.
3708 \begin_layout Itemize
3714 \begin_layout Itemize
3720 \begin_layout Itemize
3726 \begin_layout Itemize
3732 \begin_layout Itemize
3735 US letter, US legal, US executive
3738 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 \begin_layout Itemize
3751 \begin_layout Labeling
3752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3757 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3768 \begin_layout Labeling
3769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3778 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3779 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3782 \begin_layout Subsection
3784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3791 \begin_inset Index idx
3794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3801 \begin_inset Index idx
3804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Paper margins are set in the menu
3816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3820 \begin_inset Index idx
3823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3832 \begin_layout Standard
3833 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3834 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3835 the paper format and the font size into account.
3838 \begin_layout Subsection
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3848 That includes the paragraph environments.
3849 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3850 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3851 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3852 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3861 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3863 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3864 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3865 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3868 \begin_layout Section
3869 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3870 \begin_inset Index idx
3873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3874 Paragraph ! Indentation
3882 \begin_layout Subsection
3884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3886 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3893 \begin_layout Standard
3894 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3895 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3898 \begin_layout Standard
3899 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3900 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3901 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3902 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3906 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3912 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3913 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3914 language than English.
3915 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3918 \begin_layout Standard
3919 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3920 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3922 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3923 LyX takes care of that.
3924 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3926 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3927 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3928 of a page, and so on.
3932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3933 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3938 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3939 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3943 of these pre-coded spacings.
3944 We'll explain more later.
3947 \begin_layout Subsection
3948 Paragraph Separation
3949 \begin_inset Index idx
3952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3953 Paragraph ! Separation
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3962 To separate paragraphs, select
3973 \begin_inset space ~
3980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3984 \begin_inset Index idx
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3993 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4006 \begin_inset space ~
4011 dialog and toggle the
4014 \begin_inset space ~
4019 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4022 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4026 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4027 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4031 \begin_layout Standard
4032 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4033 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4036 \begin_layout Subsection
4038 \begin_inset Index idx
4041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4042 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4057 \begin_inset Index idx
4060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4069 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4082 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4087 \begin_inset Index idx
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4091 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4096 installed to use this feature.
4104 \begin_layout Section
4105 Paragraph Environments
4106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4108 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4113 \begin_inset Index idx
4116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4117 Paragraph ! Environments
4123 \begin_inset Index idx
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4127 Paragraph environments|(
4135 \begin_layout Subsection
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4143 \begin_layout Standard
4162 \begin_inset Newline newline
4165 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4166 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4167 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4176 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4179 \begin_layout Standard
4180 A paragraph environment is simply a
4181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4188 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4189 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4190 scheme, labels, and so on.
4191 Additionally, you can
4192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4199 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4200 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4201 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4202 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4203 days of typewriters.
4204 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4206 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4211 \begin_inset Graphics
4212 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4218 at the left end of the toolbar.
4219 LyX will change the environment of the
4223 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4224 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4225 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4238 create a new paragraph using the
4242 paragraph environment.
4244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4251 because if you are in one of these environments:
4254 \begin_layout Itemize
4260 \begin_layout Itemize
4266 \begin_layout Itemize
4272 \begin_layout Itemize
4278 \begin_layout Itemize
4284 \begin_layout Itemize
4290 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4301 , rather than resetting it to
4306 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4307 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4308 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4309 \begin_inset space ~
4313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4315 reference "sec:Nesting"
4320 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4325 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4326 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4330 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4336 \begin_layout Subsection
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 The default paragraph environment is
4346 It creates a plain paragraph.
4347 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4348 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4349 this manual) are in the
4356 \begin_layout Standard
4357 You can nest a paragraph using the
4361 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4369 \begin_layout Subsection
4371 \begin_inset Index idx
4374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4383 \begin_layout Standard
4384 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4393 for thanks or contact information.
4394 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4395 page along with today's date.
4396 For other types of documents, the title
4397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4404 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4423 Here's how you use them:
4426 \begin_layout Itemize
4427 Put the title of your document in the
4434 \begin_layout Itemize
4435 Put the author name in the
4442 \begin_layout Itemize
4443 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4444 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4450 Note that using this environment is optional.
4451 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4452 If you don't want any date, add the line
4453 \begin_inset Newline newline
4463 \begin_inset Newline newline
4466 to the preamble of your document (menu
4468 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 You can use footnotes to insert
4476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4483 or contact information.
4486 \begin_layout Subsection
4488 \begin_inset Index idx
4491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4507 \begin_layout Standard
4508 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4509 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4514 \begin_inset Index idx
4517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4518 Section headings ! Numbered
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4531 \begin_layout Enumerate
4537 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 \begin_layout Enumerate
4549 \begin_layout Enumerate
4555 \begin_layout Enumerate
4561 \begin_layout Enumerate
4567 \begin_layout Enumerate
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4575 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4576 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4581 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4582 You group the book into chapters.
4583 LyX does similar grouping:
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4591 is divided in either
4602 \begin_layout Itemize
4614 \begin_layout Itemize
4626 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 \begin_layout Itemize
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4671 Not all document types use the
4675 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4680 is the top-level heading.
4688 \begin_layout Standard
4693 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4694 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4696 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4710 \begin_inset Index idx
4713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4714 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4723 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4727 \begin_layout Enumerate
4733 \begin_layout Enumerate
4739 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 \begin_layout Enumerate
4751 \begin_layout Enumerate
4757 \begin_layout Standard
4759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4766 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4767 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4768 table of contents, see section
4769 \begin_inset space ~
4773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4783 Changing the Numbering
4784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4786 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4793 \begin_layout Standard
4794 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4795 in the Table of Contents.
4796 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4798 Certain classes start with
4812 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4822 This is something you can change.
4825 \begin_layout Standard
4828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4834 \begin_inset Index idx
4837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4848 \begin_inset space ~
4852 \begin_inset space ~
4857 you'll see two counters.
4862 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4864 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4869 Short Titles of Headings
4870 \begin_inset Index idx
4873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4874 Section headings ! Short titles
4880 \begin_inset Argument
4883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4892 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4899 \begin_layout Standard
4900 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4901 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4902 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4903 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4906 \begin_layout Standard
4907 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4908 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4909 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4910 To specify a short title, use the menu
4912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4914 \begin_inset space ~
4920 This will insert a box labeled
4921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4936 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4937 This also works for captions inside floats.
4940 \begin_layout Standard
4941 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4949 The following information applies to all section headings:
4952 \begin_layout Itemize
4953 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4956 \begin_layout Itemize
4957 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4964 \begin_layout Itemize
4965 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4968 \begin_layout Subsection
4969 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4987 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4988 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4989 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4990 the text they contain.
4991 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4999 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5002 \begin_layout Standard
5003 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5012 when you start a new paragraph.
5013 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5017 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5018 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5019 to change back to the
5023 environment yourself.
5026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5043 \begin_inset Index idx
5046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5055 \begin_layout Standard
5056 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5057 time for the differences.
5066 are identical except for one difference:
5070 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5079 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5082 \begin_layout Standard
5083 Here's an example of the
5096 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5098 See – no indentation!
5102 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5103 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5104 the other paragraph.
5107 \begin_layout Standard
5108 Here's another example, this time in the
5115 \begin_layout Quotation
5121 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5122 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5123 the first line, then
5127 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5131 you were quoting other text.
5134 \begin_layout Quotation
5135 Here's a new paragraph.
5136 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5137 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5140 \begin_layout Standard
5141 As the examples show,
5145 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5146 They should put quotes in the
5151 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5155 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5158 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5164 \begin_inset Index idx
5167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5176 \begin_inset Index idx
5179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5195 \begin_layout Standard
5200 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5206 \begin_inset Newline newline
5209 Which I did not rehearse!
5213 It could be much worse.
5214 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5216 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5217 indented a bit more than the first.
5218 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5224 \begin_inset Newline newline
5227 And make things look fine
5228 \begin_inset Newline newline
5234 arg "newline-insert newline"
5240 \begin_layout Standard
5245 does not indent both margins.
5246 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5247 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5254 arg "newline-insert newline"
5260 \begin_layout Subsection
5262 \begin_inset Index idx
5265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5281 \begin_layout Standard
5282 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5292 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5301 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5302 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5303 some general features of all four of them.
5306 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5311 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5313 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5322 reset the environment to
5326 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5327 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5328 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5332 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5335 to break paragraphs.
5338 \begin_layout Standard
5339 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5340 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5342 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5343 you read all of section
5344 \begin_inset space ~
5348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5350 reference "sec:Nesting"
5358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5364 \begin_inset Index idx
5367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5383 \begin_layout Standard
5384 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5388 paragraph environment.
5389 It has the following properties:
5392 \begin_layout Itemize
5393 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5398 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5402 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 The items can have any length.
5408 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5409 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5416 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 environment inside another
5425 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5433 \begin_layout Itemize
5434 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5437 \begin_layout Itemize
5439 \begin_inset space ~
5443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5445 reference "sec:Nesting"
5449 for a full explanation of nesting.
5453 \begin_layout Standard
5454 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5463 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5467 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5468 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5471 \begin_layout Itemize
5472 The label for the first level
5476 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5480 \begin_layout Itemize
5481 The label for the second level is a dash.
5485 \begin_layout Itemize
5486 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5490 \begin_layout Itemize
5491 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5495 \begin_layout Itemize
5496 Back out to the third level.
5500 \begin_layout Itemize
5501 Back to the second level.
5505 \begin_layout Itemize
5506 Back to the outermost level.
5509 \begin_layout Standard
5510 These are the default labels for an
5515 You can customize these labels in the
5517 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5520 dialog in the submenu
5527 \begin_inset Index idx
5530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5539 \begin_layout Standard
5540 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5541 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5543 \begin_inset space ~
5547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5549 reference "sec:Nesting"
5556 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5562 \begin_inset Index idx
5565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5574 name "sec:Enumerate"
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5586 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5587 It has these properties:
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5600 \begin_layout Enumerate
5601 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5609 environment resets the counter to one.
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5627 Items can have any length.
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5643 \begin_layout Standard
5652 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5653 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5660 \begin_layout Enumerate
5661 The first level of an
5665 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5669 \begin_layout Enumerate
5670 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5674 \begin_layout Enumerate
5675 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5679 \begin_layout Enumerate
5680 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5689 \begin_layout Enumerate
5690 Back to the third level
5694 \begin_layout Enumerate
5695 Back to the second level.
5699 \begin_layout Enumerate
5700 Back to the outermost level.
5703 \begin_layout Standard
5704 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5709 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5714 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5718 \begin_layout Standard
5719 There is more to nesting
5723 environments than we've stated here.
5724 You should read section
5725 \begin_inset space ~
5729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5731 reference "sec:Nesting"
5735 to learn more about nesting.
5738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5744 \begin_inset Index idx
5747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5756 \begin_layout Standard
5757 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5761 list has no fixed label.
5762 Instead, LyX uses the first
5763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5770 of the first line as the label.
5774 \begin_layout Description
5775 Example: This is an example of the
5782 \begin_layout Standard
5783 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5787 \begin_layout Standard
5789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5796 it is meant that the first hit of the
5800 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5802 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5810 arg "space-insert protected"
5815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5816 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5818 \begin_inset space ~
5824 \begin_inset space ~
5828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5830 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5834 for more info.) Here is an example:
5837 \begin_layout Description
5839 \begin_inset space ~
5842 Example: This one shows how to use a
5845 \begin_inset space ~
5857 \begin_layout Description
5858 Usage: You should use the
5862 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5863 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5865 It's not a good idea to use a
5869 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5870 You're better off using
5882 paragraphs into them.
5885 \begin_layout Description
5886 Nesting: You can nest
5890 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5894 \begin_layout Standard
5895 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5896 them from the first line.
5899 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5905 \begin_inset Index idx
5908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5922 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5925 \begin_layout Standard
5926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5934 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5939 environment is named
5951 \begin_layout Standard
5960 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5961 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5964 \begin_layout Labeling
5965 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5967 \begin_inset space ~
5970 labels LyX uses the first
5971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5978 of each line as the item label.
5983 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5984 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5985 blank as described above.
5988 \begin_layout Labeling
5989 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5990 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5991 the body of the item text.
5992 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5993 label width plus a little extra space.
5997 \begin_layout Labeling
5998 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6000 \begin_inset space ~
6003 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6005 If the label width is larger, the label
6006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6013 into the first line.
6014 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6015 margin of the rest of the item text.
6018 \begin_layout Labeling
6019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6021 \begin_inset space ~
6024 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6029 environment have the same left margin.
6030 \begin_inset Newline newline
6033 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6052 determines the default label width.
6053 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6062 multiple times instead.
6063 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6072 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6075 \begin_inset space ~
6080 every time you alter a label in a
6085 \begin_inset Newline newline
6088 The predefined default width is the length of
6089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6098 \begin_inset Newline newline
6102 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6110 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6111 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6119 \begin_layout Standard
6124 environment the same way like the
6128 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6134 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6138 \begin_layout Standard
6143 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6145 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6147 \begin_inset space ~
6151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6153 reference "sec:Nesting"
6157 to learn about nesting.
6160 \begin_layout Standard
6161 There is yet another feature of the
6165 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6167 You can use additional
6171 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6176 are documented in section
6177 \begin_inset space ~
6181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6183 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6188 Here are some examples:
6189 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6195 \begin_layout Labeling
6196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6197 Left The default for
6204 \begin_layout Labeling
6205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6206 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6213 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6216 \begin_layout Labeling
6217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6218 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6222 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6229 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6232 \begin_layout Subsection
6234 \begin_inset Index idx
6237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6246 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6254 \begin_inset space ~
6262 \begin_layout Standard
6263 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6271 \begin_inset space ~
6277 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6278 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6279 In contrast, you can use the
6286 \begin_inset space ~
6291 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6292 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6296 \begin_layout Standard
6297 Of course, you're not limited to using
6304 \begin_inset space ~
6313 \begin_inset space ~
6318 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6319 some European academic papers.
6322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6326 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6338 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6339 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6343 \begin_inset space ~
6348 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6349 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6350 Here's an example of each:
6353 \begin_layout Right Address
6355 \begin_inset Newline newline
6359 \begin_inset Newline newline
6363 \begin_inset Newline newline
6366 When is it? What is today?
6369 \begin_layout Standard
6373 \begin_inset space ~
6379 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6380 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6381 Here's an example of the
6388 \begin_layout Address
6390 \begin_inset Newline newline
6393 Where do I send this
6394 \begin_inset Newline newline
6397 Your post office and country
6400 \begin_layout Standard
6401 As you can see, both
6408 \begin_inset space ~
6413 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6418 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6424 This makes sense, since
6432 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6433 Thus, you have to use
6440 arg "newline-insert newline"
6446 \begin_inset space ~
6449 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6451 \begin_inset space ~
6460 menu) to start a new line in an
6467 \begin_inset space ~
6475 \begin_layout Subsection
6479 \begin_layout Standard
6480 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6481 or list of references.
6482 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6485 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6489 \begin_inset Index idx
6492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6501 \begin_layout Standard
6506 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6507 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6508 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6509 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6513 in anything else or vice versa.
6519 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6520 The book document classes ignores the
6524 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6528 in a letter document class.
6531 \begin_layout Standard
6536 environment does several things for you.
6537 First, it puts the centered label
6538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6546 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6548 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6549 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6550 the subsequent text.
6551 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6552 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6555 \begin_layout Standard
6556 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6560 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6561 The new paragraph will still be in the
6566 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6567 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6570 \begin_layout Standard
6571 \begin_inset Float figure
6576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6578 \begin_inset Graphics
6579 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6587 \begin_inset Caption
6589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6590 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6592 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6613 \begin_layout Standard
6614 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6618 environment, but since this document is in the
6619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6626 class, we can't do this.
6627 We inserted it therefore as figure
6628 \begin_inset space ~
6632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6634 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6639 If you've never heard of an
6640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6647 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6656 \begin_inset Index idx
6659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6668 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6680 environment is used to list references.
6681 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6682 only use it at the end of the document.
6687 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6690 \begin_layout Standard
6691 When you first open a
6695 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6711 depending on the document class.
6712 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6713 Each paragraph of the
6717 environment is a bibliography entry.
6722 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6723 Each new paragraph is still in the
6730 \begin_layout Standard
6731 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6732 by using a BibTeX database.
6733 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6734 phy handling, have a look at in section
6735 \begin_inset space ~
6739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6741 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6748 \begin_layout Subsection
6752 \begin_inset Index idx
6755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6756 Paragraph ! LyX code
6762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6771 \begin_layout Standard
6776 environment is another LyX extension.
6777 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6782 key as a fixed whitespace;
6786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6798 \begin_inset space ~
6803 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6808 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6809 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6812 arg "newline-insert newline"
6829 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6830 So, when you finish using the
6834 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6835 Also, you can nest the
6839 environment inside of others.
6842 \begin_layout Standard
6843 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6846 \begin_layout Itemize
6850 arg "newline-insert newline"
6853 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6858 \begin_inset space \space{}
6868 arg "newline-insert newline"
6874 \begin_layout Itemize
6878 arg "newline-insert newline"
6889 \begin_layout Itemize
6894 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6901 \begin_layout Itemize
6905 arg "space-insert protected"
6912 \begin_layout Itemize
6913 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6914 You must put at least one
6918 in any line you want blank.
6919 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6922 \begin_layout Itemize
6923 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6927 since that will insert
6932 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6935 arg "self-insert \""
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6945 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6949 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6953 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6957 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6961 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6962 printf("Hello World!
6967 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6971 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6975 \begin_layout Standard
6976 This is just the standard
6977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6988 \begin_layout Standard
6993 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6994 rc-files, and so on.
6995 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6996 as if you used a typewriter.
6997 \begin_inset Index idx
7000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7001 Paragraph environments|)
7009 \begin_layout Section
7010 Nesting Environments
7011 \begin_inset Index idx
7014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7015 Nesting ! Environments
7021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7030 \begin_layout Subsection
7034 \begin_layout Standard
7035 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7037 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7039 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7041 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7053 \begin_layout Enumerate
7057 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 \begin_layout Enumerate
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7071 \begin_layout Enumerate
7075 \begin_layout Standard
7076 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7077 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7080 \begin_inset space ~
7084 \begin_inset space ~
7092 \begin_inset space ~
7096 \begin_inset space ~
7105 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7106 will tell you how far you are nested).
7107 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7110 arg "depth-increment"
7116 arg "depth-decrement"
7119 or the convenient key bindings
7130 arg "depth-increment"
7136 arg "depth-decrement"
7139 to change the nesting level.
7140 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7141 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7146 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7147 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7148 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7149 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7152 \begin_layout Standard
7153 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7154 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7156 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7159 \begin_layout Subsection
7160 What You Can and Can't Nest
7163 \begin_layout Standard
7164 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7165 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7168 \begin_layout Standard
7169 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7170 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7171 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7174 \begin_layout Itemize
7175 Completely unnestable
7178 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7183 \begin_layout Itemize
7184 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7188 \begin_layout Standard
7189 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7190 environments have them:
7193 \begin_layout Description
7194 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7195 Can't nest into them.
7199 \begin_layout Itemize
7205 \begin_layout Itemize
7211 \begin_layout Itemize
7217 \begin_layout Itemize
7223 \begin_layout Itemize
7230 \begin_layout Description
7232 \begin_inset space ~
7235 Nestable You can nest them.
7236 You can nest other things into them.
7240 \begin_layout Itemize
7246 \begin_layout Itemize
7252 \begin_layout Itemize
7258 \begin_layout Itemize
7264 \begin_layout Itemize
7270 \begin_layout Itemize
7276 \begin_layout Itemize
7282 \begin_layout Itemize
7289 \begin_layout Description
7290 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7291 You can't nest anything into them.
7295 \begin_layout Itemize
7301 \begin_layout Itemize
7307 \begin_layout Itemize
7313 \begin_layout Itemize
7319 \begin_layout Itemize
7325 \begin_layout Itemize
7331 \begin_layout Itemize
7337 \begin_layout Itemize
7343 \begin_layout Itemize
7349 \begin_layout Itemize
7355 \begin_layout Itemize
7361 \begin_layout Itemize
7367 \begin_layout Itemize
7373 \begin_layout Itemize
7377 \begin_inset space ~
7383 \begin_layout Itemize
7390 \begin_layout Standard
7391 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7399 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7408 \begin_inset space ~
7412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7416 \begin_inset space \space{}
7419 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7420 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7421 section headings violate this.
7429 \begin_layout Subsection
7430 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7431 \begin_inset Index idx
7434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7435 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7443 \begin_layout Standard
7444 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7445 affected by nesting anyhow.
7449 \begin_layout Itemize
7453 \begin_layout Itemize
7457 \begin_layout Itemize
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7463 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7471 Figures and tables in
7475 are not affected by this.
7480 Have a look at section
7481 \begin_inset space ~
7485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7487 reference "sec:Floats"
7491 for more information about
7498 \begin_layout Standard
7499 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7500 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7505 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7513 of its own, it behaves just like a
7514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7521 paragraph environment.
7522 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7526 \begin_layout Standard
7527 Here's an example with a table:
7530 \begin_layout Enumerate
7535 \begin_layout Enumerate
7536 This is (a) and it's nested.
7540 \begin_layout Standard
7541 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7547 \begin_layout Standard
7549 \begin_inset Tabular
7550 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7551 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7637 \begin_layout Standard
7638 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7647 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7651 \begin_layout Enumerate
7655 \begin_layout Standard
7656 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7659 \begin_layout Enumerate
7664 \begin_layout Enumerate
7665 This is (a) and it's nested.
7669 \begin_layout Standard
7670 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7678 \begin_inset Tabular
7679 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7680 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7766 \begin_layout Standard
7767 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7773 \begin_layout Enumerate
7780 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7783 \begin_layout Enumerate
7787 \begin_layout Standard
7788 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7792 \begin_layout Standard
7793 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7795 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7798 \begin_layout Enumerate
7803 \begin_layout Enumerate
7804 This is (a) and it's nested.
7807 \begin_layout Standard
7808 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7814 \begin_layout Standard
7816 \begin_inset Tabular
7817 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7818 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7819 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7820 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7904 \begin_layout Standard
7905 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7911 \begin_layout Enumerate
7913 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7921 \begin_layout Enumerate
7925 \begin_layout Standard
7926 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7932 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7933 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7937 \begin_layout Subsection
7938 Usage and General Features
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7951 is the innermost possible depth.
7952 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7955 \begin_layout Enumerate
7956 level #1 – outermost
7960 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 \begin_layout Enumerate
7970 \begin_layout Enumerate
7975 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 \begin_layout Itemize
7989 \begin_layout Standard
7990 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7991 both of them in the example.
7992 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8002 For example, if we tried to nest another
8007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8014 , we would get errors.
8017 \begin_layout Subsection
8019 \begin_inset Index idx
8022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8031 \begin_layout Standard
8032 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8033 We have several examples of nested environments.
8034 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8038 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8039 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8042 \begin_layout Labeling
8043 \labelwidthstring MMM
8044 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8053 \begin_layout Labeling
8054 \labelwidthstring MMM
8055 #2-a This is level #2.
8056 We created it by using
8059 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8065 arg "depth-increment"
8072 \begin_layout Labeling
8073 \labelwidthstring MMM
8074 #3-a This is level #3.
8075 This time, we just hit
8082 arg "depth-increment"
8086 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8090 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8096 arg "depth-increment"
8103 \begin_layout Standard
8108 environment, nested inside of
8109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8117 So, it's at level #4.
8118 We did this by hitting
8121 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8127 arg "depth-increment"
8130 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8135 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8151 \begin_layout Standard
8156 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8159 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8165 \begin_layout Labeling
8166 \labelwidthstring MMM
8167 #4-a This is level #4.
8171 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8174 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8179 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8183 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8188 keep nesting things inside
8189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8200 \begin_layout Labeling
8201 \labelwidthstring MMM
8202 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8207 \begin_layout Labeling
8208 \labelwidthstring MMM
8209 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8210 and this is level #6.
8211 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8215 \begin_layout Labeling
8216 \labelwidthstring MMM
8217 #5-b Back to level #5.
8221 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8227 arg "depth-decrement"
8234 \begin_layout Labeling
8235 \labelwidthstring MMM
8239 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8245 arg "depth-decrement"
8248 , we're back at level #4.
8252 \begin_layout Labeling
8253 \labelwidthstring MMM
8254 #3-b Back to level #3.
8255 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8259 \begin_layout Labeling
8260 \labelwidthstring MMM
8261 #2-b Back to level #2.
8266 \begin_layout Labeling
8267 \labelwidthstring MMM
8268 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8269 After this sentence, we'll hit
8273 and change the paragraph environment back to
8280 \begin_layout Standard
8281 We could have also used the
8297 environment in place of the
8302 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8305 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8306 Example 2: Inheritance
8309 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8310 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8313 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8322 arg "depth-increment"
8325 , after which, we'll change to the
8333 \begin_layout Enumerate
8338 environment, at level #2.
8341 \begin_layout Enumerate
8342 Notice how the nested
8346 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8350 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 We ended this example by hitting
8360 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8364 and reset the nesting depth by using
8367 arg "depth-decrement"
8373 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8374 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8383 \begin_inset Argument
8386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8387 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8395 \begin_layout Enumerate
8396 This is level #1, in an
8400 paragraph environment.
8401 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8405 \begin_layout Enumerate
8410 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8416 arg "depth-increment"
8420 Now, what happens if we nest an
8424 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8425 label be? An asterisk?
8429 \begin_layout Itemize
8439 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8440 So, its label is a bullet.
8441 (We got here by using
8444 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8450 arg "depth-increment"
8453 , then changing the environment to
8461 \begin_layout Itemize
8462 Here's level #4, produced using
8465 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8471 arg "depth-increment"
8475 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8480 \begin_layout Enumerate
8481 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8483 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8488 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8492 , because we are in the
8501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8520 \begin_layout Enumerate
8525 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8526 type of numbering does LyX use?
8529 \begin_layout Enumerate
8530 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8533 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8536 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8539 \begin_layout Enumerate
8543 arg "depth-decrement"
8546 to decrease the depth after the next
8549 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8556 \begin_layout Enumerate
8558 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8562 \begin_layout Enumerate
8564 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8565 numeral as the label.Why?
8568 \begin_layout Enumerate
8569 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8578 Notice, however, that LyX
8582 reset the counter for the label.
8586 \begin_layout Enumerate
8590 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8596 arg "depth-decrement"
8599 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8600 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8601 into the twofold-nested
8609 \begin_layout Enumerate
8610 The same thing happens if we do another
8613 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8619 arg "depth-decrement"
8622 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8625 \begin_layout Standard
8626 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8631 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8645 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8651 The same rule applies for the
8655 environment, as well.
8658 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8659 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8662 \begin_layout Enumerate
8663 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8664 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8665 same detail with how we did it.
8674 \begin_layout Standard
8682 arg "depth-increment"
8689 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8690 example in parentheses someplace.
8691 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
8692 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8693 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8697 \begin_layout Enumerate
8702 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8707 Now we'll add verse.
8708 \begin_inset Newline newline
8711 It will get much worse.
8712 \begin_inset Newline newline
8722 arg "depth-increment"
8733 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8734 \begin_inset Newline newline
8737 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8738 \begin_inset Newline newline
8744 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8757 \begin_layout Standard
8758 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8764 \begin_layout Standard
8766 \begin_inset Tabular
8767 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8768 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8859 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8869 arg "depth-increment"
8875 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8885 arg "depth-decrement"
8892 \begin_layout Enumerate
8897 : level #1) This is another item.
8898 Note that selecting a
8902 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8903 3 times to put the table inside the
8911 \begin_layout Quotation
8912 We're now ending the
8916 list and changing to
8921 We're still at level #1.
8922 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8923 The next set of paragraphs is a
8924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8938 \begin_inset space ~
8943 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8947 for the letter body.
8951 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8954 to preserve the depth.
8955 Remember that you need to use
8958 arg "newline-insert newline"
8961 to create multiple lines inside the
8968 \begin_inset space ~
8978 \begin_layout Right Address
8980 \begin_inset Newline newline
8983 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8984 \begin_inset Newline newline
8990 \begin_layout Address
8992 \begin_inset space ~
8998 \begin_layout Quotation
8999 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9003 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9004 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9005 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9006 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9007 as soon as possible.
9008 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9011 \begin_layout Quotation
9012 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9013 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9014 with your order, along with payment.
9017 \begin_layout Quotation
9018 We thank you again for your patience.
9021 \begin_layout Address
9023 \begin_inset Newline newline
9030 \begin_layout Quotation
9031 That ends that example!
9034 \begin_layout Standard
9035 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9036 just a few keystrokes.
9037 We could have easily nested an
9058 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9061 \begin_layout Subsection
9062 Custom Numbering of Numbered Lists
9063 \begin_inset Index idx
9066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9067 Lists ! Enumerate ! Customized
9075 \begin_layout Standard
9077 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding this command
9078 in TeX Code (shortcut
9088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9089 For more about TeX Code, look at section
9090 \begin_inset space ~
9094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9096 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9105 to your document preamble or in the text:
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9120 \begin_layout Standard
9125 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
9132 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
9133 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
9146 For Arabic numerals use
9154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9161 items with capital or small Latin letters use
9175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9182 items with symbols use
9191 \begin_layout Standard
9193 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9201 You can only number 26
9202 \begin_inset space ~
9205 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
9211 \begin_inset Newline newline
9215 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9223 You can only number 9
9224 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9236 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace each 'i' in the
9237 command by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii,
9241 \begin_layout Standard
9242 As example a list with custom numbering:
9245 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9304 \begin_layout Enumerate
9309 \begin_layout Enumerate
9313 \begin_layout Enumerate
9318 \begin_layout Enumerate
9323 \begin_layout Enumerate
9330 \begin_layout Standard
9331 For this list these commands were used:
9334 \begin_layout Standard
9349 \begin_inset Newline newline
9361 \begin_inset Newline newline
9371 \begin_inset Newline newline
9383 \begin_layout Standard
9387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9434 \begin_inset Note Note
9437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9438 set the numbering back to the default
9446 \begin_layout Section
9447 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9448 \begin_inset Index idx
9451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9460 \begin_layout Standard
9461 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9462 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9463 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9464 be broken at the end of a line.
9465 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9469 \begin_layout Subsection
9471 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9473 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9478 \begin_inset Index idx
9481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9490 \begin_layout Standard
9491 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9493 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9497 Further documentation is given in section
9498 \begin_inset Newline newline
9502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9504 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9512 \begin_layout Standard
9513 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9528 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9537 A protected space is set with
9539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9540 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9544 \begin_inset space ~
9554 arg "space-insert protected"
9560 \begin_layout Subsection
9562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9564 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9569 \begin_inset Index idx
9572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9573 Spacing ! Horizontal
9581 \begin_layout Standard
9582 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9584 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9585 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9589 The length units are listed in Appendix
9590 \begin_inset space ~
9594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9596 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9603 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9605 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9607 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9612 \begin_inset Index idx
9615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9624 \begin_layout Standard
9626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9630 \begin_inset space \space{}
9633 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9634 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9635 \begin_inset space ~
9639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9641 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9646 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9647 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9650 arg "space-insert normal"
9656 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9660 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9665 \begin_inset Index idx
9668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9677 \begin_layout Standard
9679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9686 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9695 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9696 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9697 inside abbreviations:
9702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9706 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9709 \begin_layout Standard
9710 or between values and units.
9711 Compare for example this:
9712 \begin_inset Newline newline
9716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9720 \begin_inset Newline newline
9726 \begin_layout Standard
9727 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9730 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9732 \begin_inset space ~
9740 arg "space-insert thin"
9746 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9748 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9750 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9757 \begin_layout Standard
9758 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9761 \begin_layout Description
9763 \begin_inset space ~
9767 \begin_inset space ~
9771 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9775 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9779 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9782 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9785 \begin_layout Description
9787 \begin_inset space ~
9791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9795 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9799 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9803 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9810 em) space between the arrows.
9813 \begin_layout Description
9815 \begin_inset space ~
9819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9823 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9827 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9831 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9835 \begin_inset space ~
9839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9842 em) space between the arrows.
9845 \begin_layout Description
9847 \begin_inset space ~
9851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9855 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9859 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9863 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9867 \begin_inset space ~
9871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9874 em) space between the arrows.
9877 \begin_layout Description
9879 \begin_inset space ~
9883 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9887 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9892 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9896 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9899 cm space between the arrows.
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9904 \begin_inset space ~
9908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9910 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9914 lists the different space sizes.
9917 \begin_layout Standard
9918 \begin_inset Float table
9923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9925 \begin_inset Caption
9927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9930 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9934 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9944 \begin_inset Tabular
9945 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9946 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9947 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9948 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9988 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10088 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10165 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10171 \begin_inset Index idx
10174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10183 \begin_layout Standard
10184 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10185 in a uniform fashion.
10186 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10187 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10188 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10189 equally between themselves.
10193 \begin_layout Standard
10194 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10197 \begin_layout Quote
10199 This is on the left side
10200 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10203 This is on the right
10206 \begin_layout Quote
10209 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10213 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10219 \begin_layout Quote
10222 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10226 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10230 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10236 \begin_layout Standard
10237 That was an example in the
10243 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10247 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10251 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10254 is one in a standard paragraph.
10255 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10259 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10262 \begin_layout Standard
10263 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10266 \begin_inset space ~
10271 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10274 \begin_layout Standard
10276 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10280 \begin_inset space ~
10286 \begin_layout Standard
10288 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10292 \begin_inset space ~
10298 \begin_layout Standard
10300 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10304 \begin_inset space ~
10310 \begin_layout Standard
10312 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10316 \begin_inset space ~
10322 \begin_layout Standard
10324 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10328 \begin_inset space ~
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10336 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10340 \begin_inset space ~
10346 \begin_layout Standard
10347 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10355 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10359 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10360 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10361 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10365 option in the space dialog.
10373 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10375 \begin_inset Index idx
10378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10387 \begin_layout Standard
10388 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10394 \begin_inset space \space{}
10397 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10400 \begin_layout Standard
10401 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10404 What is correct English?:
10405 \begin_inset Newline newline
10409 \begin_inset Newline newline
10413 \begin_inset space ~
10416 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10417 \begin_inset Newline newline
10421 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 \begin_inset Newline newline
10436 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10447 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10453 \begin_layout Standard
10454 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10459 \begin_inset space ~
10463 \begin_inset space ~
10467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10471 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10474 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10478 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10484 \begin_inset space ~
10488 \begin_inset space ~
10492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10495 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10504 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10505 That is why it is named
10506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10514 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10515 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10519 \begin_layout Subsection
10521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10523 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10528 \begin_inset Index idx
10531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10540 \begin_layout Standard
10541 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10543 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10544 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10546 \begin_inset space ~
10552 There you find the following sizes:
10555 \begin_layout Standard
10568 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10573 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10575 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10579 \begin_inset Index idx
10582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10583 Document ! Settings
10588 for the paragraph separation.
10589 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10600 \begin_layout Standard
10606 \begin_inset Index idx
10609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10615 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10616 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10618 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10619 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10628 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10637 s are described in section
10638 \begin_inset space ~
10642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10644 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10653 If there are several
10657 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10658 You can therefore use
10662 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10665 \begin_layout Standard
10670 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10671 \begin_inset space ~
10675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10677 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10684 \begin_layout Standard
10685 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10695 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10696 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10708 \begin_layout Subsection
10709 Paragraph Alignment
10712 \begin_layout Standard
10713 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10715 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10719 There are five possibilities:
10722 \begin_layout Itemize
10730 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10736 \begin_layout Itemize
10744 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10750 \begin_layout Itemize
10758 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10764 \begin_layout Itemize
10772 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10778 \begin_layout Itemize
10786 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10792 \begin_layout Standard
10793 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10794 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10795 the left and right margins.
10796 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10799 \begin_layout Standard
10801 This paragraph is right aligned,
10804 \begin_layout Standard
10806 this one is centered,
10809 \begin_layout Standard
10811 this one is left aligned.
10814 \begin_layout Subsection
10816 \begin_inset Index idx
10819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10820 Page breaks ! Forced
10826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10828 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10835 \begin_layout Standard
10836 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
10837 can force a page break where you want one.
10838 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10839 Only if you use a lot of
10843 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10846 \begin_layout Standard
10847 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
10848 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10852 have to change the page breaking.
10855 \begin_layout Standard
10856 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
10858 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10861 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10863 \begin_inset space ~
10869 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10871 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10872 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10874 \begin_inset space ~
10879 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10881 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10882 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10885 \begin_layout Standard
10886 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10887 at the top of a page.
10888 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10889 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10890 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10891 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10895 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10899 to learn more about
10906 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10910 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10915 \begin_inset Index idx
10918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10919 Page breaks ! Clear
10927 \begin_layout Standard
10928 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
10929 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10930 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10931 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10932 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10935 \begin_layout Standard
10936 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10939 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10941 \begin_inset space ~
10947 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10950 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10952 \begin_inset space ~
10956 \begin_inset space ~
10961 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10962 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10965 \begin_layout Subsection
10967 \begin_inset Index idx
10970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10979 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10986 \begin_layout Standard
10987 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10989 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10991 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10992 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10994 \begin_inset space ~
10998 \begin_inset space ~
11006 arg "newline-insert newline"
11010 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11012 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11013 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11015 \begin_inset space ~
11019 \begin_inset space ~
11024 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11026 This is necessary to avoid
11027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11034 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11037 \begin_layout Standard
11038 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11039 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11040 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11041 set a line break, e.
11042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11046 \begin_inset space \space{}
11049 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11050 \begin_inset space ~
11054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11056 reference "sec:Quote"
11061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11063 reference "sec:Verse"
11068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11070 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11077 \begin_layout Subsection
11079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11081 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11086 \begin_inset Index idx
11089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11098 \begin_layout Standard
11100 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11111 \begin_layout Standard
11114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11115 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11117 \begin_inset space ~
11122 you can insert horizontal lines.
11123 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11124 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11127 \begin_layout Standard
11129 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11140 \begin_layout Section
11141 Characters and Symbols
11144 \begin_layout Standard
11145 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11146 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11151 \begin_inset space \space{}
11154 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11162 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11166 for information on how this is done.
11169 \begin_layout Standard
11170 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11175 dialog via the menu
11177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11178 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11184 \begin_layout Standard
11185 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11193 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11194 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11195 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11203 \begin_layout Section
11204 Fonts and Text Styles
11205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11207 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11214 \begin_layout Subsection
11216 \begin_inset Index idx
11219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11228 \begin_layout Standard
11229 There are two types of fonts:
11232 \begin_layout Description
11234 \begin_inset space ~
11238 \begin_inset Index idx
11241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11247 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11252 characters) in the font.
11253 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11254 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11255 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11256 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11257 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11258 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11259 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11260 \begin_inset Newline newline
11263 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11264 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11265 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11266 sizes than at small ones.
11267 \begin_inset Newline newline
11281 \begin_inset space ~
11289 \begin_layout Description
11291 \begin_inset space ~
11295 \begin_inset Index idx
11298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11304 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11305 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11306 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11307 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11308 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11309 picture manipulation program.
11310 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11311 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11312 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11313 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11314 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11316 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11317 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11318 \begin_inset Newline newline
11321 Bitmap fonts are named
11324 \begin_inset space ~
11329 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11332 \begin_layout Standard
11333 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11334 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11335 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11336 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11337 use scalable fonts.
11340 \begin_layout Standard
11341 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11342 its document properties.
11345 \begin_layout Standard
11346 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11347 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11348 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11349 font to emphasize text, you use an
11350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11358 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11359 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11363 \begin_layout Subsection
11365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11367 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11374 \begin_layout Standard
11375 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11376 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11377 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11379 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11380 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11381 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11382 to usual word processors.
11383 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11384 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11385 across different machines.
11386 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11387 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11389 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11391 \begin_inset space ~
11395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11397 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11402 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11403 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11407 \begin_layout Standard
11408 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11409 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11410 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11411 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11412 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11413 that is installed on your system.
11414 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11417 \begin_layout Standard
11418 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11426 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11427 es; so you might have to experiment.
11435 \begin_layout Standard
11436 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11444 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11445 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11453 \begin_layout Subsection
11454 Document Font and Font size
11455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11457 name "sub:Document-Font"
11462 \begin_inset Index idx
11465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11472 \begin_inset Index idx
11475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11484 \begin_layout Standard
11485 You can set the document fonts in the
11487 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11491 \begin_inset Index idx
11494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11495 Document ! Settings
11505 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11506 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11509 \begin_inset space ~
11518 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11519 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11523 \begin_layout Standard
11530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11539 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11540 This requires that you use
11546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11585 as output format, i.
11586 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11590 \begin_inset space ~
11593 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11594 \begin_inset space ~
11598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11600 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11605 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11607 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11609 \begin_inset space ~
11612 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11613 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11614 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11616 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11619 \begin_layout Standard
11620 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11625 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11630 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11631 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11653 European Computer Modern
11656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11663 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11666 \begin_layout Standard
11675 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11676 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11681 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11684 \begin_inset space ~
11689 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11695 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11696 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11699 \begin_layout Itemize
11708 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11722 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11726 as the default font.
11727 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11728 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11741 One difference is improved kerning for the
11753 \begin_layout Itemize
11762 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11766 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11781 Virtual means that it
11782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11793 -glyphs from other fonts.
11794 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11816 Loading the LaTeX-package
11821 \begin_inset Index idx
11824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11825 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11830 with the document preamble line
11831 \begin_inset Newline newline
11838 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11839 \begin_inset Newline newline
11844 will fix the guillemet problem.
11849 and that accented characters are not
11853 glyph, but build of
11857 characters, the accent and the letter.
11858 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11864 If you search for example for the French word
11865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11872 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11881 and not for the glyph
11882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11886 \begin_inset space ~
11890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11896 \begin_layout Itemize
11897 If you do not like the look of
11905 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11906 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11910 \begin_inset space ~
11924 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11925 \begin_inset space ~
11928 serif and typewriter fonts
11932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11933 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11934 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11945 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11958 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11959 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11972 , but you can also select your own.
11973 \begin_inset Newline newline
11976 The differences between roman,
11979 \begin_inset space ~
11988 fonts are explained in section
11989 \begin_inset space ~
11993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11995 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12000 \begin_inset Newline newline
12007 was originally designed for newspapers.
12008 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12009 into the small newspaper columns.
12014 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12015 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12018 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12031 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12036 depends on the class you are using.
12037 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12040 \begin_layout Standard
12041 Note that the font size is the
12046 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12047 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12048 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12051 \begin_inset space ~
12057 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12058 \begin_inset space ~
12062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12064 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12071 \begin_layout Standard
12076 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12078 \begin_inset space ~
12081 serif or typewriter.
12086 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12096 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12099 \begin_layout Standard
12108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12117 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12123 \begin_inset space ~
12127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12129 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12134 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12135 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12142 \begin_layout Standard
12143 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12145 Use Old Style Figures
12149 Use True Small Caps
12152 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12155 Use Old Style Figures
12157 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12163 \begin_inset space ~
12166 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12169 Use True Small Caps
12171 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12172 of scaled capitals.
12173 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12174 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12177 \begin_layout Standard
12182 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12183 a font to display the script characters.
12187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12188 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12193 So this has no effect for the document language
12209 \begin_layout Standard
12210 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12214 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12222 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12226 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12227 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12228 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12230 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12233 dialog, see section
12234 \begin_inset space ~
12238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12240 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12252 \begin_layout Subsection
12253 Using Different Character Styles
12254 \begin_inset Index idx
12257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12264 \begin_inset Index idx
12267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12276 \begin_layout Standard
12277 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12278 certain paragraph environments.
12279 LyX supports two character styles,
12288 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12292 \begin_layout Standard
12297 style, do one of the following:
12300 \begin_layout Itemize
12301 click on the toolbar button
12310 \begin_layout Itemize
12311 use the key binding
12320 \begin_layout Standard
12321 These commands are all toggles.
12326 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12329 \begin_layout Standard
12330 One typically uses the
12334 style for proper names.
12336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12343 is the original author of LyX.
12344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12350 \begin_layout Standard
12351 A more widely used character style is the
12356 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12363 \begin_layout Itemize
12364 clicking on the toolbar button
12373 \begin_layout Itemize
12374 using the keybindings
12383 \begin_layout Standard
12388 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12389 es use a different font.
12392 \begin_layout Standard
12393 We've been using the
12397 style all over the place in this document.
12398 Here's one more example:
12401 \begin_layout Quotation
12404 Don't overuse character styles!
12407 \begin_layout Standard
12408 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12409 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12410 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12411 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12415 \begin_layout Standard
12416 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12424 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12426 \begin_inset space ~
12434 \begin_layout Subsection
12435 Fine-Tuning with the
12440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12442 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12447 \begin_inset Index idx
12450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12459 \begin_layout Standard
12460 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12461 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12462 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12463 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12464 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12465 from ordinary dialog.
12468 \begin_layout Standard
12469 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12470 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12471 \begin_inset Newline newline
12474 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12475 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12478 \begin_layout Standard
12479 To use custom character styles, open the
12481 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12483 \begin_inset space ~
12486 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12487 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12491 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12492 font property which you can choose.
12493 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12496 \begin_inset space ~
12501 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12506 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12507 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12508 environments in a snap.
12511 \begin_layout Standard
12512 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12515 \begin_inset space ~
12527 \begin_layout Labeling
12528 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12542 The possible options are:
12546 \begin_layout Labeling
12547 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12552 This is the Roman font family.
12553 Normally a serif font.
12554 It's also the default family.
12564 \begin_layout Labeling
12565 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12569 \begin_inset space ~
12576 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12588 \begin_layout Labeling
12589 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12596 This is the Typewriter font family.
12602 arg "font-typewriter"
12611 \begin_layout Labeling
12612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12617 This corresponds to the print weight.
12622 \begin_layout Labeling
12623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12628 This is the Medium font series.
12629 It's also the default series.
12632 \begin_layout Labeling
12633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12640 This is the Bold font series.
12653 \begin_layout Labeling
12654 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12659 As the name implies.
12664 \begin_layout Labeling
12665 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12670 This is the Upright font shape.
12671 It's also the default shape.
12674 \begin_layout Labeling
12675 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12689 s the Italic font shape
12695 \begin_layout Labeling
12696 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12703 This is the Slanted font shape
12705 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12708 \begin_layout Labeling
12709 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12713 \begin_inset space ~
12720 This is the Small caps font shape
12727 \begin_layout Labeling
12728 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12733 Alters the size of the font.
12734 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12735 nal to the document font size.
12736 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12737 what you want to do.
12742 \begin_layout Labeling
12743 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12764 arg "font-size tiny"
12770 \begin_layout Labeling
12771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12792 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12798 \begin_layout Labeling
12799 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12820 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12826 \begin_layout Labeling
12827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12848 arg "font-size small"
12854 \begin_layout Labeling
12855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12869 It's also the default size.
12873 arg "font-size normal"
12879 \begin_layout Labeling
12880 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12901 arg "font-size large"
12907 \begin_layout Labeling
12908 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12929 arg "font-size larger"
12935 \begin_layout Labeling
12936 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12957 arg "font-size largest"
12963 \begin_layout Labeling
12964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12985 arg "font-size huge"
12991 \begin_layout Labeling
12992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13013 arg "font-size giant"
13019 \begin_layout Labeling
13020 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13025 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13045 arg "font-size increase"
13051 \begin_layout Labeling
13052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13057 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13077 arg "font-size decrease"
13084 \begin_layout Standard
13089 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13090 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13091 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13092 — use that instead.
13093 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13096 \begin_layout Labeling
13097 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13102 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13107 \begin_layout Labeling
13108 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13115 This is text with emphasize on
13118 This might seem like the same as
13122 , but it is actually a bit different.
13128 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13130 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13133 \begin_layout Labeling
13134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13141 This is text with Underbar on.
13147 arg "font-underline"
13153 \begin_inset Newline newline
13158 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13159 when you couldn't change fonts.
13160 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13161 It's only included in LyX because some people
13165 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13168 \begin_layout Labeling
13169 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13173 \begin_inset space ~
13180 This is text with Double underbar on.
13186 arg "font-underunderline"
13190 \begin_inset Newline newline
13193 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13194 about double underbar.
13197 \begin_layout Labeling
13198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13202 \begin_inset space ~
13209 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13215 arg "font-underwave"
13219 \begin_inset Newline newline
13222 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13223 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13226 \begin_layout Labeling
13227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13234 This is text with Strikeout on.
13240 arg "font-strikeout"
13243 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13247 \begin_layout Labeling
13248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13255 This is text with Noun on.
13262 , this is a logical attribute.
13263 Normally it's equivalent to
13266 \begin_inset space ~
13275 \begin_layout Labeling
13276 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13281 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13282 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13286 \begin_inset space ~
13291 , which is the default
13292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13299 and means normally black, you can choose between
13332 \begin_inset Index idx
13335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13344 \begin_layout Labeling
13345 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13350 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13351 the language of the document.
13352 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13356 \begin_layout Standard
13357 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13358 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13360 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13362 \begin_inset space ~
13367 dialog, the settings are saved.
13368 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13371 arg "textstyle-apply"
13375 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13380 \begin_layout Standard
13381 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13388 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13389 (suppose you just set the shape to
13390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13408 \begin_inset space ~
13420 \begin_layout Standard
13421 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13429 \begin_inset space ~
13441 \begin_layout Itemize
13447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13454 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13472 \begin_inset Newline newline
13476 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13490 \begin_inset Note Note
13493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13494 For more on phantoms see section
13495 \begin_inset space ~
13499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13501 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13511 \begin_inset Newline newline
13517 \begin_layout Itemize
13522 fonts use characters with serifs.
13523 These are the small
13524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13531 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13532 The following example will show the difference:
13533 \begin_inset Newline newline
13537 \begin_inset Newline newline
13542 text without serifs
13545 \begin_inset Newline newline
13548 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13549 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13556 \begin_layout Itemize
13562 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13563 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13566 \begin_layout Standard
13567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13574 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13575 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13576 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13578 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13579 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13580 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13597 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
13598 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
13599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13606 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
13608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13615 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
13618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13650 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
13652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13659 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
13663 \begin_layout Standard
13664 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13665 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13668 \begin_layout Section
13669 Printing and Previewing
13672 \begin_layout Subsection
13676 \begin_layout Standard
13677 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13678 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13679 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13680 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13681 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13683 Additional Features
13688 \begin_layout Standard
13689 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13690 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13691 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13692 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13693 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13694 This happens in two stages:
13697 \begin_layout Enumerate
13698 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13699 generating a file with the extension,
13700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13714 \begin_layout Enumerate
13715 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13719 file to produce printable output.
13723 \begin_layout Subsection
13724 Output file formats
13725 \begin_inset Index idx
13728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13737 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13744 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13745 Simple text (ASCII)
13746 \begin_inset Index idx
13749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13750 File formats ! ASCII
13758 \begin_layout Standard
13759 This file type has the extension
13760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13772 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13776 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13783 \begin_layout Standard
13784 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13786 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13787 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13789 \begin_inset space ~
13796 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13797 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13799 \begin_inset space ~
13803 \begin_inset space ~
13809 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13813 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13815 \begin_inset Index idx
13818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13819 File formats ! LaTeX
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13828 This file type has the extension
13829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13840 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13842 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13843 it manually with console commands.
13844 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13845 you view or export your document.
13848 \begin_layout Standard
13849 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13851 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13852 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13871 \begin_inset Index idx
13874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13883 \begin_layout Standard
13884 This file type has the extension
13885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13905 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13906 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13907 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13911 \begin_layout Standard
13912 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13913 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13914 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13915 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13917 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13920 \begin_layout Standard
13921 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13923 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13924 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13929 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13930 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13932 \begin_inset space ~
13939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13949 The latter option uses the program
13958 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13959 font access (see section
13960 \begin_inset space ~
13964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13966 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13971 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13975 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13977 \begin_inset Index idx
13980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13981 File formats ! PostScript
13989 \begin_layout Standard
13990 This file type has the extension
13991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14003 PostScript was developed by the company
14007 as a printer language.
14008 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14010 PostScript can be seen as a
14011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14014 programming language
14015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14018 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14023 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14029 \begin_inset Index idx
14032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14033 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14043 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14046 \begin_layout Standard
14047 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14051 Encapsulated PostScript
14052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14055 (EPS, file extension
14056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14068 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14069 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14074 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14078 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14079 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14080 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14081 EPS to avoid this problem.
14084 \begin_layout Standard
14085 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14087 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14088 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14094 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14096 \begin_inset Index idx
14099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14106 \begin_inset Index idx
14109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14118 \begin_layout Standard
14119 This file type has the extension
14120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14136 Portable Document Format
14137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14144 was derived from PostScript.
14145 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14154 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14155 looks exactly the same.
14158 \begin_layout Standard
14159 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14163 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14167 (JPG, file extension
14168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14195 Portable Network Graphics
14196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14199 (PNG, file extension
14200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14212 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14213 in the background to one of these formats.
14214 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14215 will slow down your workflow.
14216 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14219 \begin_layout Standard
14220 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14222 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14225 in three different ways:
14228 \begin_layout Description
14229 PDF This uses the program
14233 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14234 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14238 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14239 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14242 \begin_layout Description
14244 \begin_inset space ~
14247 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14251 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14255 \begin_layout Description
14257 \begin_inset space ~
14260 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14264 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14267 \begin_layout Description
14269 \begin_inset space ~
14276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14283 X) This uses the program
14287 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14292 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14293 font access (see section
14294 \begin_inset space ~
14298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14300 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14305 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14308 \begin_layout Description
14310 \begin_inset space ~
14317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14324 X) This uses the program
14328 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14333 is an even newer engine, derived from
14337 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14338 access (see section
14339 \begin_inset space ~
14343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14345 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14350 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14354 \begin_layout Standard
14355 We recommend to use
14358 \begin_inset space ~
14367 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14368 works without problems.
14369 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14370 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14374 \begin_inset space ~
14381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14393 \begin_inset space ~
14400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14409 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14417 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14419 \begin_inset Index idx
14422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14423 FileFormats ! XHTML
14429 \begin_inset Index idx
14432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14441 \begin_layout Standard
14442 This file type has the extension
14443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14455 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14456 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14457 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14458 suitable for the purpose.
14459 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14460 it, but not all do.
14463 \begin_layout Standard
14464 XHTML output remains
14465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14472 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14477 LyX and the World Wide Web
14478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14483 Additional Features
14485 manual, for more information.
14488 \begin_layout Standard
14489 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14491 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14492 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14498 \begin_layout Subsection
14500 \begin_inset Index idx
14503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14512 \begin_layout Standard
14513 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14514 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14523 or the toolbar button
14530 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14531 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14532 \begin_inset space ~
14536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14538 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14542 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14544 \begin_inset space ~
14548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14550 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14555 Further output formats can be selected via
14557 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14560 or the toolbar button
14561 \begin_inset Graphics
14562 filename ../images/view-others.png
14564 groupId toolbarbuttons
14571 \begin_layout Standard
14572 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14573 viewer window using the menu
14575 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14580 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14581 Update (Other Formats)
14586 \begin_layout Standard
14587 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14589 To have a real output, export your document.
14592 \begin_layout Subsection
14593 Printing the File from within LyX
14594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14596 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14603 \begin_layout Standard
14604 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14605 it directly from within LyX.
14606 To print a file, select the menu
14608 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14611 or click on the toolbar button
14614 arg "dialog-show print"
14618 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14619 This file is then processed by the program
14623 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14628 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14631 \begin_layout Standard
14632 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14633 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14634 printing one set to print on the other side.
14635 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14636 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14637 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14640 \begin_layout Standard
14641 You can set the parameters in the
14644 \begin_inset space ~
14652 \begin_layout Labeling
14653 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14658 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14663 Note that this printer name is for the program
14672 has to be configured for this printer name.
14673 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14674 \begin_inset space ~
14678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14680 reference "sub:Printer"
14689 The printer should understand PostScript.
14692 \begin_layout Labeling
14693 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14698 The name of a file to print to.
14699 The output will be a PostScript file.
14700 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14704 \begin_layout Section
14705 A few Words about Typography
14706 \begin_inset Index idx
14709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14718 \begin_layout Subsection
14720 \begin_inset Index idx
14723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14732 \begin_layout Standard
14734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14745 character comes in four lengths: the
14757 , and the minus sign:
14758 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14764 \begin_layout Standard
14765 \begin_inset Tabular
14766 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14767 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14768 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14769 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14770 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14771 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14800 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14840 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14867 \begin_inset space ~
14870 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14877 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14902 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14904 \begin_inset space ~
14907 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14928 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14962 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14968 \begin_layout Standard
14969 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14981 character multiple times in a row.
14982 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14983 the final output, but not in LyX.
14985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15015 \begin_layout Standard
15016 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15017 math mode and has a length of its own.
15018 Here are some examples of the
15019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15033 \begin_layout Enumerate
15034 line- and page-breaks
15035 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15045 \begin_layout Enumerate
15047 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15057 \begin_layout Enumerate
15058 Oh — there's a dash.
15059 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15069 \begin_layout Enumerate
15070 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15074 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15084 \begin_layout Subsection
15086 \begin_inset Index idx
15089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15098 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15105 \begin_layout Standard
15106 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15107 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15112 \begin_inset Index idx
15115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15116 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15121 following the rules of the document language.
15124 \begin_layout Standard
15125 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15130 font and with unusual constructs, like
15131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15139 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15140 This is done with the menu
15142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15143 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15145 \begin_inset space ~
15151 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15152 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15155 \begin_layout Standard
15156 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15157 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15167 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15175 as a hyphenation possibility.
15176 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15177 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15178 as described in section
15179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15182 Prevent Hyphenation
15183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15193 \begin_layout Subsection
15195 \begin_inset Index idx
15198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15207 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15208 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15211 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15218 \begin_layout Standard
15219 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15220 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15221 LaTeX then adds the
15222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15225 appropriate amount of space
15226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15230 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15232 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15235 \begin_layout Standard
15236 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15237 not work in all cases.
15239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15250 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15251 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15254 \begin_layout Standard
15255 Here are some examples of
15259 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15262 \begin_layout Itemize
15267 \begin_layout Itemize
15272 \begin_layout Standard
15273 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15276 \begin_layout Itemize
15278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15282 this is too much space!
15285 \begin_layout Itemize
15290 \begin_layout Standard
15291 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15294 \begin_layout Standard
15295 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15298 \begin_layout Enumerate
15302 \begin_inset space ~
15307 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15308 \begin_inset space ~
15312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15314 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15319 \begin_inset Index idx
15322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15323 Spaces ! inter-word
15331 \begin_layout Enumerate
15335 \begin_inset space ~
15340 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15341 \begin_inset space ~
15345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15347 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15352 \begin_inset Index idx
15355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15364 \begin_layout Enumerate
15368 \begin_inset space ~
15372 \begin_inset space ~
15376 \begin_inset space ~
15383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15385 \begin_inset space ~
15390 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15391 This function is also bound to
15394 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15400 \begin_layout Standard
15401 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15404 \begin_layout Itemize
15406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15410 \begin_inset space \space{}
15413 this is too much space!
15416 \begin_layout Itemize
15417 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15422 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15423 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15424 will take care of this.
15427 \begin_layout Standard
15428 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15432 \begin_inset space ~
15437 feature described in section
15443 Additional Features
15448 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15450 \begin_inset Index idx
15453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15454 Typography ! Quotes
15460 \begin_inset Index idx
15463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15494 \begin_layout Standard
15495 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15496 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15497 and use a closing quote at the end.
15499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15507 The keyboard character,
15511 , generates this automatically.
15514 \begin_layout Standard
15515 You can change the behavior of the
15519 key using the submenu
15525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15529 \begin_inset Index idx
15532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15533 Document ! Settings
15541 \begin_layout Standard
15542 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15547 There are six choices:
15550 \begin_layout Labeling
15551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15563 Use quotes like this
15564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15572 \begin_inset Quotes els
15576 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15582 \begin_layout Labeling
15583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15586 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15590 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15596 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15600 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15604 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15610 \begin_layout Labeling
15611 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15614 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15618 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15624 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15628 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15632 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15636 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15642 \begin_layout Labeling
15643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15646 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15650 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15656 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15660 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15664 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15668 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15674 \begin_layout Labeling
15675 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15678 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15682 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15688 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15692 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15696 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15700 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15706 \begin_layout Labeling
15707 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15710 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15714 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15720 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15724 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15728 \begin_inset Quotes als
15732 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15738 \begin_layout Standard
15739 These settings affect what character the
15746 \begin_layout Subsection
15748 \begin_inset Index idx
15751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15752 Typography ! Ligatures
15758 \begin_inset Index idx
15761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15792 name "sub:Ligatures"
15799 \begin_layout Standard
15800 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15801 print them as single characters.
15802 These groups are known as
15807 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15809 Here are the standard ligatures:
15812 \begin_layout Itemize
15816 \begin_layout Itemize
15820 \begin_layout Itemize
15824 \begin_layout Itemize
15828 \begin_layout Itemize
15832 \begin_layout Standard
15833 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15836 \begin_layout Standard
15837 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15838 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15846 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15862 To break a ligature, use
15864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15865 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15867 \begin_inset space ~
15874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15885 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15902 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15910 \begin_layout Subsection
15912 \begin_inset Index idx
15915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15924 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15931 \begin_layout Standard
15932 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15933 characters in different sizes and heights.
15934 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15935 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15955 \begin_inset Note Note
15958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15959 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15967 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15968 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15973 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15977 \begin_layout Description
15978 LyX The name of the game, write
15979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16000 \begin_layout Description
16001 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16023 \begin_layout Description
16024 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16046 \begin_layout Description
16047 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16069 \begin_layout Standard
16070 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16075 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16083 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16084 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16085 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16088 : The actual version is
16089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16096 , the previous one was
16097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16107 \begin_layout Standard
16108 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16113 \begin_inset space \space{}
16116 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16118 This will look in LyX like:
16119 \begin_inset Graphics
16120 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16126 \begin_inset Newline newline
16129 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16130 \begin_inset space ~
16134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16136 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16143 \begin_layout Subsection
16145 \begin_inset Index idx
16148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16157 \begin_layout Standard
16158 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16159 space between two words.
16160 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16170 for units use the menu
16172 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16173 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16175 \begin_inset space ~
16183 arg "space-insert thin"
16189 \begin_layout Standard
16190 Here's an example to show the differences:
16193 \begin_layout Standard
16194 \begin_inset Tabular
16195 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16196 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16197 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16198 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16205 \begin_inset space ~
16209 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16221 space between number and unit
16228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16237 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16249 half space between number and unit
16262 \begin_layout Subsection
16264 \begin_inset Index idx
16267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16268 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16276 \begin_layout Standard
16277 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16279 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16280 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16281 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16282 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16283 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16284 These bits of text became known as
16295 \begin_layout Standard
16296 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16297 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16298 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16299 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16300 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16301 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16302 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16305 \begin_layout Standard
16306 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16307 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16308 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16309 \begin_inset space ~
16313 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16315 key "latexcompanion"
16320 \begin_inset space ~
16324 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16330 ] may have more information.
16331 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16334 \begin_layout Chapter
16335 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16338 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16345 \begin_layout Standard
16346 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16351 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16354 \begin_layout Section
16356 \begin_inset Index idx
16359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16375 \begin_layout Standard
16376 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16379 \begin_layout Description
16381 \begin_inset space ~
16384 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16385 \begin_inset Newline newline
16389 \begin_inset Note Note
16392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16393 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16401 \begin_layout Description
16402 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16403 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16405 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16406 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16407 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16410 \begin_inset Newline newline
16414 \begin_inset Note Comment
16417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16418 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16426 \begin_layout Description
16428 \begin_inset space ~
16431 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16432 \begin_inset Newline newline
16436 \begin_inset Newline newline
16440 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16449 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16450 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16451 How this can be done is explained in the
16460 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16466 \begin_inset Newline newline
16470 \begin_inset Newline newline
16473 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16474 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16477 \begin_layout Standard
16478 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16490 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16493 \begin_layout Section
16495 \begin_inset Index idx
16498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16507 name "sec:Footnotes"
16514 \begin_layout Standard
16515 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16518 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16521 or the toolbar button
16524 arg "footnote-insert"
16536 \begin_inset Graphics
16537 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16546 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16575 label, the box will
16579 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16580 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16593 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16609 \begin_layout Standard
16610 Here's an example footnote:
16618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16619 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16627 \begin_layout Standard
16628 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16629 position where the footnote box is placed.
16630 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16631 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16632 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16633 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16634 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16639 ey are described in the
16646 \begin_layout Section
16648 \begin_inset Index idx
16651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16660 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16667 \begin_layout Standard
16668 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16669 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16671 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16673 \begin_inset space ~
16678 or the toolbar button
16681 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16707 appearing within your text.
16708 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16717 \begin_layout Standard
16718 At the side is an example marginal note.
16722 \begin_inset Marginal
16725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16726 This is a marginal note.
16734 \begin_layout Standard
16735 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16736 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16737 pages, right on odd pages.
16740 \begin_layout Section
16741 Graphics and Images
16742 \begin_inset Index idx
16745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 \begin_inset Index idx
16755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16764 name "sec:Graphics"
16771 \begin_layout Standard
16772 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16773 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16776 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16785 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16788 \begin_layout Standard
16789 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16794 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16795 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16797 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16798 \begin_inset space ~
16802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16804 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16811 \begin_layout Standard
16816 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16817 of the image in the output.
16818 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16822 \begin_inset space ~
16826 \begin_inset space ~
16835 \begin_inset space ~
16839 \begin_inset space ~
16843 \begin_inset space ~
16848 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16849 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16857 \begin_layout Standard
16860 LaTeX and LyX options
16862 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16863 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16867 \begin_inset space ~
16872 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16873 with the image size is printed.
16877 \begin_inset space ~
16881 \begin_inset space ~
16885 \begin_inset space ~
16890 is explained in the
16901 \begin_layout Standard
16902 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16903 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16905 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16909 \begin_layout Standard
16911 \begin_inset Graphics
16912 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16920 \begin_layout Standard
16921 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16922 the image into a float, see section
16923 \begin_inset space ~
16927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16929 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16936 \begin_layout Subsection
16938 \begin_inset Index idx
16941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16950 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16957 \begin_layout Standard
16958 You can insert images in any known file format.
16959 But as we explained in section
16960 \begin_inset space ~
16964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16966 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16970 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16971 LyX uses therefore the program
16975 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16976 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16977 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16978 \begin_inset space ~
16982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16984 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16991 \begin_layout Standard
16992 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16995 \begin_layout Description
16997 \begin_inset space ~
17000 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17001 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17002 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17006 Graphics Interchange Format
17007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17010 (GIF, file extension
17011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17023 \begin_inset Index idx
17026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17058 Portable Network Graphics
17059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17062 (PNG, file extension
17063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17075 \begin_inset Index idx
17078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17110 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17114 (JPG, file extension
17115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17139 \begin_inset Index idx
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 \begin_layout Description
17175 \begin_inset space ~
17178 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17180 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17181 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17182 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17183 \begin_inset Newline newline
17186 Scalable image formats can be
17187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17190 Scalable Vector Graphics
17191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17194 (SVG, file extension
17195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17207 \begin_inset Index idx
17210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17242 Encapsulated PostScript
17243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17246 (EPS, file extension
17247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17259 \begin_inset Index idx
17262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17294 Portable Document Format
17295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17298 (PDF, file extension
17299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17311 \begin_inset Index idx
17314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17321 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17322 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17323 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17337 \begin_layout Standard
17338 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17342 \begin_layout Subsection
17343 Grouping of Image Settings
17344 \begin_inset Index idx
17347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17348 Images ! Settings grouping
17356 \begin_layout Standard
17357 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17359 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17360 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17362 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17363 need to manually change each of them.
17367 \begin_layout Standard
17368 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17371 \begin_inset space ~
17376 field in the Graphics dialog.
17377 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17378 by checking the name of the desired group.
17381 \begin_layout Section
17383 \begin_inset Index idx
17386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17402 \begin_layout Standard
17403 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17406 arg "tabular-insert"
17411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17415 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17416 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17417 from the rest of the table.
17418 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17419 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17421 Here's an example table:
17424 \begin_layout Standard
17426 \begin_inset Tabular
17427 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17428 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17429 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17430 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17431 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17432 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17632 \begin_layout Subsection
17636 \begin_layout Standard
17637 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17638 brings up the table dialog.
17639 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17640 where the cursor is placed currently.
17641 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17642 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17643 done on all of your selection.
17646 \begin_layout Standard
17647 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17650 \begin_inset space ~
17655 helps you in setting table properties.
17656 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17659 \begin_layout Standard
17663 \begin_inset space ~
17668 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17669 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17670 current cell respectively.
17671 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17673 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17674 of text, see section
17675 \begin_inset space ~
17679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17681 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17688 \begin_layout Standard
17689 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17690 using the check box
17699 This will merge the cells to
17703 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17704 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17705 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17706 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17707 in the last row without the upper border:
17710 \begin_layout Standard
17712 \begin_inset Tabular
17713 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17714 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17715 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17716 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17717 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17718 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17738 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17814 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17849 \begin_layout Standard
17850 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17851 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17852 explained in the tables section of the
17855 \begin_inset space ~
17861 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17865 degrees counterclockwise.
17866 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17869 \begin_layout Standard
17870 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17878 Most DVI-viewers are
17882 able to display rotations.
17890 \begin_layout Standard
17895 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17900 adds lines for all cell borders.
17903 \begin_layout Subsection
17905 \begin_inset Index idx
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17909 Tables ! Longtables
17915 \begin_inset Index idx
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 \begin_layout Standard
17928 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17931 \begin_inset space ~
17935 \begin_inset space ~
17944 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17945 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17948 \begin_layout Description
17953 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17954 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17955 except for the first page, if
17958 \begin_inset space ~
17966 \begin_layout Description
17970 \begin_inset space ~
17975 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17976 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17979 \begin_layout Description
17984 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17985 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17986 except for the last page, if
17989 \begin_inset space ~
17997 \begin_layout Description
18001 \begin_inset space ~
18006 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18007 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18010 \begin_layout Description
18011 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18012 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18018 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18021 \begin_inset space ~
18029 \begin_layout Standard
18030 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18031 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18032 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18033 The others will then be defined as
18038 In this context, first means first in this order:
18041 \begin_inset space ~
18053 \begin_inset space ~
18059 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18062 \begin_layout Standard
18064 \begin_inset Tabular
18065 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18066 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18067 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18068 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18069 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18070 <row endfirsthead="true">
18071 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18082 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18091 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 <row endfirsthead="true">
18102 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <row endhead="true">
18135 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18146 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <row endhead="true">
18166 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18177 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18198 <row endfoot="true">
18199 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18210 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18219 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18250 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19191 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19200 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19209 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19220 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19251 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19282 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19313 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19344 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19375 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19406 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19437 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19468 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19499 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19530 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19561 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19592 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19623 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19654 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19685 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19716 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19747 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19778 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19809 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19871 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19902 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19933 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20057 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20088 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20119 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20150 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20180 <row endlastfoot="true">
20181 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20192 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20201 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20218 \begin_layout Subsection
20220 \begin_inset Index idx
20223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20230 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20232 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20239 \begin_layout Standard
20240 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20241 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20242 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20243 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20247 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20248 for the cell's paragraph.
20251 \begin_layout Standard
20252 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20253 for the column in the table dialog.
20254 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20255 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20259 \begin_layout Standard
20261 \begin_inset Tabular
20262 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20263 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20264 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20265 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20266 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20286 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20355 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20411 This is longer now.
20416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20467 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20468 This is longer now.
20473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20499 \begin_layout Standard
20500 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20501 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20506 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20507 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20513 Selection with the mouse or with
20517 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20518 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20519 the selection from outside the table.
20522 \begin_layout Section
20524 \begin_inset Index idx
20527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20543 \begin_layout Standard
20544 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20545 have a fixed location.
20547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20554 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20562 \begin_inset space ~
20567 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20568 too many notes on the page.
20571 \begin_layout Standard
20572 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20573 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20574 and pages without text.
20575 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20576 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20577 Floats are therefore numbered.
20578 Referencing is described in section
20579 \begin_inset space ~
20583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20585 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20592 \begin_layout Standard
20593 To insert a float, use the menu
20595 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20599 A box with a caption that has e.
20600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20604 \begin_inset space \space{}
20608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20612 \begin_inset space ~
20616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20619 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20620 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20622 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20623 \begin_inset Index idx
20626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20632 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20633 paragraph within the float.
20634 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20635 by left-clicking on the box label.
20636 A closed float box looks like this:
20637 \begin_inset Graphics
20638 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20643 – a gray button with a red label.
20646 \begin_layout Standard
20647 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20648 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20651 \begin_layout Subsection
20655 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20657 \begin_inset Index idx
20660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20661 Floats ! Figure floats
20667 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20669 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20676 \begin_layout Standard
20679 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20680 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20683 inserts a float with the label
20684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20690 \begin_inset space ~
20696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20700 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20701 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20702 This is what we did for Figure
20703 \begin_inset space ~
20707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20709 reference "cap:Platypus"
20714 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20715 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20716 This was done in Figure
20717 \begin_inset space ~
20721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20723 reference "cap:Escher"
20730 \begin_layout Standard
20731 \begin_inset Float figure
20736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20738 \begin_inset Graphics
20739 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20748 \begin_inset Caption
20750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20753 name "cap:Platypus"
20757 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20770 \begin_layout Standard
20771 \begin_inset Float figure
20776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20777 \begin_inset Caption
20779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20797 \begin_inset Graphics
20798 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20811 \begin_layout Standard
20812 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20814 As described in section
20815 \begin_inset space ~
20819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20821 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20825 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20830 and refer to it using the menu
20832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20836 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20845 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20857 \begin_layout Standard
20858 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20859 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20860 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20861 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20863 \begin_inset space ~
20867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20869 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20873 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20874 You can also set the images one below the other.
20876 \begin_inset space ~
20880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20882 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20889 reference "fig:Platypus"
20893 are the subfigures.
20896 \begin_layout Standard
20897 \begin_inset Float figure
20902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20903 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20907 \begin_inset Float figure
20912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20913 \begin_inset Caption
20915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20916 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20918 name "fig:Undefinable"
20930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20931 \begin_inset Graphics
20932 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20943 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20947 \begin_inset Float figure
20952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20953 \begin_inset Caption
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20958 name "fig:Platypus"
20970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20971 \begin_inset Graphics
20972 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20984 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20991 \begin_inset Caption
20993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20996 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21000 Two distorted images.
21013 \begin_layout Standard
21014 Note that the caption is added to the
21017 \begin_inset space ~
21021 \begin_inset space ~
21026 as described in section
21027 \begin_inset space ~
21031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21033 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21040 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21042 \begin_inset Index idx
21045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21046 Floats ! Table floats
21054 \begin_layout Standard
21055 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21058 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21062 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21065 \begin_inset space ~
21069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21071 reference "cap:Table-float"
21075 is an example of a table float.
21078 \begin_layout Standard
21079 \begin_inset Float table
21084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21085 \begin_inset Caption
21087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21090 name "cap:Table-float"
21102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21104 \begin_inset Tabular
21105 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21106 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21107 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21108 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21109 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21236 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21257 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21260 \end{array}\right]$
21268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21281 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21302 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21304 \begin_inset Index idx
21307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21308 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21316 \begin_layout Standard
21317 This float type is inserted with the menu
21319 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21320 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21324 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21325 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21329 , described in section
21330 \begin_inset space ~
21334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21336 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21343 \begin_layout Standard
21344 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21352 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21358 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21361 \begin_layout Standard
21366 floatname{algorithm}{your
21367 \begin_inset space ~
21373 \begin_layout Standard
21374 to the document preamble (menu
21376 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21383 \begin_inset space ~
21389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21403 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21405 \begin_inset Index idx
21408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21409 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21417 \begin_layout Standard
21418 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21426 \begin_inset Graphics
21427 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21436 \begin_inset Caption
21438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21441 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21445 This is a wrapped figure.
21446 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21459 This float type is used if you want to
21460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21467 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21469 It can be inserted using the menu
21471 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21472 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21474 \begin_inset space ~
21479 if the LaTeX-package
21484 \begin_inset Index idx
21487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21488 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21498 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21501 \begin_inset space ~
21511 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21514 \begin_inset space ~
21518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21520 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21524 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21533 Available units are explained in Appendix
21534 \begin_inset space ~
21538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21540 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21549 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21553 \begin_layout Standard
21554 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21562 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21563 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21567 \begin_inset space \space{}
21570 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21571 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21580 \begin_layout Itemize
21581 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21582 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21583 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21584 page breaks will appear.
21587 \begin_layout Itemize
21588 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21589 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21592 \begin_layout Itemize
21593 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21594 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21597 \begin_layout Itemize
21598 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21601 \begin_layout Subsection
21603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21605 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21610 \begin_inset Index idx
21613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21622 \begin_layout Standard
21623 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21624 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21628 \begin_inset space ~
21636 \begin_layout Standard
21637 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21638 have a multicolumn document).
21639 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21642 \begin_inset space ~
21648 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21649 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21656 \begin_layout Standard
21657 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21658 format is also the same: Table
21659 \begin_inset space ~
21663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21665 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21669 is an example of a rotated table float.
21672 \begin_layout Standard
21673 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21681 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21689 \begin_layout Standard
21690 \begin_inset Float table
21695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21696 \begin_inset Caption
21698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21701 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21715 \begin_inset Tabular
21716 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21717 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21718 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21719 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21720 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21782 \begin_layout Subsection
21784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21786 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21791 \begin_inset Index idx
21794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21803 \begin_layout Standard
21804 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21805 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21806 \begin_inset Newline newline
21812 \begin_inset space ~
21817 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21818 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21819 \begin_inset Newline newline
21825 \begin_inset space ~
21830 is used to rotate floats, see section
21831 \begin_inset space ~
21835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21837 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21844 \begin_layout Standard
21845 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21846 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21849 \begin_inset space ~
21853 \begin_inset space ~
21861 \begin_layout Description
21863 \begin_inset space ~
21867 \begin_inset space ~
21870 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21873 \begin_layout Description
21875 \begin_inset space ~
21879 \begin_inset space ~
21882 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21885 \begin_layout Description
21887 \begin_inset space ~
21891 \begin_inset space ~
21894 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21897 \begin_layout Description
21899 \begin_inset space ~
21903 \begin_inset space ~
21906 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21909 \begin_layout Standard
21910 The order of the above option is
21915 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21919 \begin_inset space ~
21923 \begin_inset space ~
21931 \begin_inset space ~
21935 \begin_inset space ~
21940 , and then the others.
21941 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21943 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21944 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21947 \begin_layout Standard
21948 By default, each option has its own rules:
21951 \begin_layout Standard
21955 \begin_inset space ~
21959 \begin_inset space ~
21964 only floats occupying less than 70
21965 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21968 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21971 \begin_layout Standard
21975 \begin_inset space ~
21979 \begin_inset space ~
21984 : only floats occupying less than 30
21985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21988 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21991 \begin_layout Standard
21995 \begin_inset space ~
21999 \begin_inset space ~
22004 : only if more than 50
22005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22008 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
22012 \begin_layout Standard
22013 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
22017 \begin_inset space ~
22021 \begin_inset space ~
22029 \begin_layout Standard
22030 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
22031 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
22032 For this case you can use the option
22035 \begin_inset space ~
22041 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
22043 Because the float is then no longer able to
22044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22051 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
22054 \begin_layout Standard
22055 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
22056 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
22059 \begin_layout Standard
22060 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
22062 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
22064 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22071 \begin_layout Section
22073 \begin_inset Index idx
22076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22085 name "sec:Minipages"
22092 \begin_layout Standard
22093 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22095 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22096 \begin_inset space ~
22103 \begin_layout Standard
22104 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22110 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22111 and its alignment within the page.
22114 \begin_layout Standard
22116 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22126 height_special "totalheight"
22129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22132 This is a minipage.
22133 The text is set in an italic style.
22136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22139 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22140 another formatting.
22148 \begin_layout Standard
22149 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22152 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22156 as described in section
22157 \begin_inset space ~
22161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22163 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
22168 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22174 \begin_layout Standard
22175 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22185 height_special "totalheight"
22188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22189 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22190 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22196 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22200 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22210 height_special "totalheight"
22213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22214 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22215 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22223 \begin_layout Standard
22224 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22230 \begin_layout Standard
22231 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22232 to other box types.
22233 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22244 \begin_layout Chapter
22245 Mathematical Formulas
22246 \begin_inset Index idx
22249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22256 \begin_inset Index idx
22259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22290 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22297 \begin_layout Standard
22298 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22303 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22306 \begin_layout Section
22308 \begin_inset Index idx
22311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22320 \begin_layout Standard
22321 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22328 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22330 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22331 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22332 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22340 \begin_layout Standard
22341 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22345 \begin_inset space ~
22350 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22353 \begin_layout Standard
22354 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22355 line, like this one:
22358 \begin_layout Standard
22359 This is a line with an inline formula
22360 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22366 \begin_layout Standard
22367 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22369 \begin_inset Formula
22376 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22379 \begin_layout Standard
22380 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22386 \begin_inset space \space{}
22390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22403 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22404 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22408 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22411 \begin_inset space ~
22419 \begin_layout Subsection
22420 Navigating in Formulas
22421 \begin_inset Index idx
22424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22433 \begin_layout Standard
22434 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22435 achieved with the arrow keys.
22436 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22437 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22442 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22443 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22447 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22451 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22454 \end{array}\right]$
22462 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22467 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22468 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22471 \begin_layout Standard
22476 , printed in this document as
22477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22498 \begin_inset Note Note
22501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22502 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22503 space character (visible space).
22508 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22509 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22510 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22515 For example, if you want
22516 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22570 , since in the latter case only the
22573 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22578 will be under the square root sign:
22579 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22585 \begin_layout Standard
22586 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22588 \begin_inset Formula
22590 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22599 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22600 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22603 \begin_layout Subsection
22607 \begin_layout Standard
22608 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22609 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22613 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22614 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22615 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22616 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22617 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22620 \begin_layout Subsection
22621 Exponents and Subscripts
22622 \begin_inset Index idx
22625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22632 \begin_inset Index idx
22635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22644 \begin_layout Standard
22645 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22646 way is to use a command.
22648 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22651 , type in a formula
22657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22673 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22679 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22683 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22704 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22713 , you have to use an extra
22717 to separate the hat and the character.
22719 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22723 \begin_inset space \space{}
22727 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22748 Subscripts are similar: To get
22749 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22772 \begin_layout Subsection
22774 \begin_inset Index idx
22777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22786 \begin_layout Standard
22787 Create a fraction with either the command
22794 \begin_inset Graphics
22795 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22803 \begin_inset space ~
22809 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22810 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22811 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22816 To move back up, press
22821 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22822 \begin_inset Formula
22824 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22827 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22835 \begin_layout Subsection
22837 \begin_inset Index idx
22840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22849 \begin_layout Standard
22850 Roots can be created using the
22853 \begin_inset space ~
22859 \begin_inset Graphics
22860 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22862 groupId toolbarbuttons
22885 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22891 produces always a square root.
22894 \begin_layout Subsection
22895 Operators with Limits
22896 \begin_inset Index idx
22899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22906 \begin_inset Index idx
22909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22916 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22918 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22925 \begin_layout Standard
22927 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22931 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22934 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22935 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22936 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22937 The sum operator will automatically place its
22938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22945 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22948 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22952 \begin_inset Formula
22954 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22959 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22963 \begin_layout Standard
22964 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22966 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22967 behind the operator and hitting
22975 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22976 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22978 \begin_inset space ~
22982 \begin_inset space ~
22990 \begin_layout Standard
22991 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22999 feature as addition, such as
23000 \begin_inset Index idx
23003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23010 \begin_inset Formula
23012 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
23017 which will place the
23018 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
23022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23030 In inline formulas it looks like this:
23031 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
23037 \begin_layout Standard
23038 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
23045 Have a look at section
23046 \begin_inset space ~
23050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23052 reference "sub:Functions"
23056 for an explanation of function macros.
23059 \begin_layout Subsection
23061 \begin_inset Index idx
23064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23073 \begin_layout Standard
23074 Most math symbols can be found in the
23077 \begin_inset space ~
23082 under one of several categories; including
23099 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23103 \begin_layout Standard
23104 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23105 you don't have to use the
23108 \begin_inset space ~
23113 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23114 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23117 \begin_layout Subsection
23119 \begin_inset Index idx
23122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23131 \begin_layout Standard
23132 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23137 arg "space-insert protected"
23143 \begin_inset space ~
23149 \begin_inset Graphics
23150 filename ../images/math/space.png
23152 groupId toolbarbuttons
23157 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23158 For example, the sequence
23163 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23167 \begin_inset Graphics
23168 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23173 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23174 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23175 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23176 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23178 Here are two examples:
23181 \begin_layout Standard
23191 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23197 \begin_layout Standard
23207 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23213 \begin_layout Subsection
23215 \begin_inset Index idx
23218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23225 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23227 name "sub:Functions"
23234 \begin_layout Standard
23238 \begin_inset space ~
23243 contains under the button
23244 \begin_inset Graphics
23245 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23247 groupId toolbarbuttons
23251 a number of function macros, such as
23252 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23256 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23264 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23271 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23272 avoid confusions, because
23273 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23277 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23283 \begin_layout Standard
23284 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23286 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23290 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23296 \begin_layout Standard
23297 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23298 s are placed, as described in section
23299 \begin_inset space ~
23303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23305 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23312 \begin_layout Subsection
23314 \begin_inset Index idx
23317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23326 \begin_layout Standard
23327 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23329 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23330 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23335 \begin_inset space \space{}
23339 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23342 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23343 Our example is entered by typing
23351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 \begin_inset space ~
23368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23370 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23374 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23377 \begin_layout Standard
23378 \begin_inset Float table
23383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 \begin_inset Caption
23386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23389 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23393 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23403 \begin_inset Tabular
23404 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23405 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23406 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23407 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23408 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23546 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23654 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23708 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23762 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23816 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23870 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23924 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23969 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23990 \begin_layout Standard
23991 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23994 \begin_inset space ~
24000 \begin_inset Graphics
24001 filename ../images/math/hat.png
24003 groupId toolbarbuttons
24007 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
24011 \begin_layout Section
24012 Brackets and Delimiters
24013 \begin_inset Index idx
24016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24023 \begin_inset Index idx
24026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24035 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24042 \begin_layout Standard
24043 There are several brackets available through LyX.
24044 For most purposes, using just the keys
24049 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
24050 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
24051 toolbar delimiter icon
24054 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
24058 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24060 \begin_inset Formula
24062 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24070 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24071 \begin_inset Formula
24073 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24081 \begin_layout Standard
24082 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24083 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24086 \begin_layout Standard
24087 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24088 left side and right side.
24089 If you use the option
24092 \begin_inset space ~
24097 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24098 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24099 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24100 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24103 \begin_layout Standard
24104 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24105 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24106 inside the brackets.
24107 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24112 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24115 \begin_layout Section
24116 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24117 \begin_inset Index idx
24120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24127 \begin_inset Index idx
24130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24137 \begin_inset Index idx
24140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24141 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24149 \begin_layout Standard
24150 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24153 \begin_inset space ~
24159 \begin_inset Graphics
24160 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
24162 groupId toolbarbuttons
24167 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24168 Here is an example:
24169 \begin_inset Formula
24171 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24180 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24181 \begin_inset space ~
24185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24187 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24192 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24193 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24194 This alignment is set in the box
24199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24247 for every column as default.
24248 For example, the sequence
24249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24260 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24261 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24262 corresponds to the relevant column.
24263 The result will look like this:
24264 \begin_inset Formula
24267 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24268 column & has & has\, right\\
24269 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24278 \begin_layout Standard
24279 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24282 arg "newline-insert newline"
24285 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24286 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24288 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24291 or the math toolbar.
24294 \begin_layout Standard
24295 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24296 It can be created with the menu
24298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24299 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24301 \begin_inset space ~
24313 Here is an example:
24314 \begin_inset Formula
24328 \begin_layout Standard
24329 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24332 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24335 arg "newline-insert newline"
24339 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24344 arg "newline-insert newline"
24347 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24355 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24356 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24357 A new row is created by every further hit of
24360 arg "newline-insert newline"
24364 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24365 Here is an example:
24366 \begin_inset Formula
24368 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24369 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24374 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24375 where you want to start the shift and hit
24380 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24381 position to the next column.
24382 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24383 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24384 \begin_inset Formula
24386 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24394 \begin_layout Standard
24395 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24402 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24403 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24406 reference "eq:asquared"
24411 The other types are described in section
24412 \begin_inset space ~
24416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24418 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24425 \begin_layout Section
24426 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24427 \begin_inset Index idx
24430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24431 Math ! Formula numbering
24437 \begin_inset Index idx
24440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24441 Math ! Referencing formulas
24447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24449 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24456 \begin_layout Standard
24457 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24459 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24460 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24462 \begin_inset space ~
24470 arg "math-number-toggle"
24474 The formula number appears in LyX as
24475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24482 within parentheses.
24484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24491 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24493 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24494 the document class.
24495 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24496 separated by a dot:
24497 \begin_inset Formula
24507 arg "math-number-toggle"
24510 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24511 You can only number displayed formulas.
24514 \begin_layout Standard
24515 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24517 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24518 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24520 \begin_inset space ~
24524 \begin_inset space ~
24528 \begin_inset space ~
24536 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24539 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24540 \begin_inset Formula
24543 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24549 To number all lines use the shortcut
24552 arg "math-number-toggle"
24558 \begin_layout Standard
24559 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24562 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24563 A label is inserted with the menu
24565 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24568 when the cursor is in the formula.
24569 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24570 It is recommended to use the proposed
24571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24582 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24583 type when you have many labels in your document.
24584 We inserted in the following example the label
24585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24592 in the second line:
24593 \begin_inset Formula
24595 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24596 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24601 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24602 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24612 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24616 \begin_inset space ~
24622 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24623 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24624 as the formula number:
24627 \begin_layout Standard
24628 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24631 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24638 \begin_layout Standard
24639 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24640 \begin_inset space ~
24644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24646 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24651 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24654 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24657 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24662 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24670 \begin_layout Section
24671 User defined math macros
24672 \begin_inset Index idx
24675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24684 \begin_layout Standard
24685 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24686 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24687 Math macros are explained in section
24690 \begin_inset space ~
24702 \begin_layout Section
24706 \begin_layout Subsection
24708 \begin_inset Index idx
24711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24720 \begin_layout Standard
24721 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24722 To set a font in a formula, use the
24725 \begin_inset space ~
24731 \begin_inset Graphics
24732 filename ../images/math/font.png
24734 groupId toolbarbuttons
24738 , or enter its command, listed in table
24739 \begin_inset space ~
24743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24745 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24752 \begin_layout Standard
24753 \begin_inset Float table
24758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24759 \begin_inset Caption
24761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24764 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24768 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24778 \begin_inset Tabular
24779 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24780 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24781 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24782 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24814 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24841 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24868 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24901 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24928 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24955 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24989 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25016 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
25024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25050 \begin_layout Standard
25051 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25059 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25075 \begin_layout Standard
25076 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25077 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25082 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25083 space when you need a space in the box.
25084 Here an example where
25085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25096 denotes the set of numbers:
25097 \begin_inset Formula
25099 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25107 \begin_layout Standard
25108 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25114 \begin_inset space \space{}
25126 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25130 \begin_inset Newline newline
25133 So it is better not to use this feature.
25136 \begin_layout Standard
25137 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25138 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25142 \begin_inset Newline newline
25145 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25151 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25152 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25158 \begin_layout Standard
25165 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25168 \begin_layout Standard
25169 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25171 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25172 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25174 \begin_inset space ~
25182 \begin_layout Subsection
25184 \begin_inset Index idx
25187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25196 \begin_layout Standard
25197 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25199 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25203 \begin_inset space ~
25207 \begin_inset space ~
25215 \begin_inset space ~
25221 \begin_inset Graphics
25222 filename ../images/math/font.png
25224 groupId toolbarbuttons
25235 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25236 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25237 Here is an example:
25238 \begin_inset Formula
25241 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25242 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25251 \begin_layout Subsection
25253 \begin_inset Index idx
25256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25265 \begin_layout Standard
25266 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25267 automatically chosen in most situations.
25285 For most characters,
25293 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25294 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25299 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25300 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25302 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25303 \begin_inset Graphics
25304 filename ../images/math/style.png
25306 groupId toolbarbuttons
25311 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25312 For example, you can set
25313 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25316 , which is normally in
25325 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25329 The four styles are used in the following example:
25332 \begin_layout Standard
25333 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25337 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25341 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25345 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25351 \begin_layout Standard
25352 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25353 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25355 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25357 \begin_inset space ~
25362 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25363 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25364 will be adjusted to correspond.
25365 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25376 \begin_layout Standard
25380 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25386 \begin_layout Section
25390 \begin_layout Standard
25391 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25392 the document classes and into layout modules.
25393 \begin_inset Index idx
25396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25402 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25403 other than the AMS classes.
25405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25407 reference "sub:Modules"
25411 for more on layout modules.
25414 \begin_layout Section
25416 \begin_inset Index idx
25419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25426 \begin_inset Index idx
25429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25438 \begin_layout Standard
25439 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25440 (AMS) that are in common use.
25443 \begin_layout Subsection
25444 Enabling AMS-Support
25447 \begin_layout Standard
25448 Selecting the checkbox
25451 \begin_inset space ~
25455 \begin_inset space ~
25459 \begin_inset space ~
25466 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25470 \begin_inset Index idx
25473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25474 Document ! Settings
25482 \begin_inset space ~
25487 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25489 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25490 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25493 \begin_layout Subsection
25495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25497 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25502 \begin_inset Index idx
25505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25506 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25514 \begin_layout Standard
25515 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25516 LyX allows you to choose between
25537 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25540 \begin_layout Chapter
25544 \begin_layout Section
25546 \begin_inset Index idx
25549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25558 name "sec:Cross-References"
25565 \begin_layout Standard
25566 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25567 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25569 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25570 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25571 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25574 \begin_layout Enumerate
25578 \begin_layout Enumerate
25579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25581 name "enu:Second-item"
25588 \begin_layout Enumerate
25592 \begin_layout Standard
25593 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25595 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25598 or by pressing the toolbar button
25605 A grey label box like this:
25606 \begin_inset Graphics
25607 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25612 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25613 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25648 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25653 \begin_inset space \space{}
25656 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25671 \begin_layout Standard
25672 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25677 or the toolbar button
25680 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25684 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25685 \begin_inset Graphics
25686 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25691 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25693 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25706 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25710 \begin_layout Standard
25713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25716 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25721 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25722 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25724 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25730 \begin_layout Standard
25731 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25732 \begin_inset space ~
25736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25738 reference "enu:Second-item"
25745 \begin_layout Standard
25746 It is recommended to use a protected space
25750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25751 described in section
25752 \begin_inset space ~
25756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25758 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25767 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25772 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25775 \begin_layout Description
25776 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25779 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25786 \begin_layout Description
25787 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25788 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25800 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25807 \begin_layout Description
25808 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25809 \begin_inset space ~
25813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25814 LatexCommand pageref
25815 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25822 \begin_layout Description
25824 \begin_inset space ~
25828 \begin_inset space ~
25831 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25833 LatexCommand vpageref
25834 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25841 \begin_layout Description
25843 \begin_inset space ~
25847 \begin_inset space ~
25851 \begin_inset space ~
25854 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25857 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25864 \begin_layout Description
25866 \begin_inset space ~
25869 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25870 \begin_inset Newline newline
25874 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25882 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25891 \begin_inset Index idx
25894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25895 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25901 \begin_inset Index idx
25904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25905 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25918 \begin_layout Description
25920 \begin_inset space ~
25923 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25925 LatexCommand nameref
25926 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25933 \begin_layout Standard
25938 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25945 \begin_inset space \space{}
25949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25963 <reference> on page <page>
25965 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25968 \begin_layout Standard
25969 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25970 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25971 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25975 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25979 \begin_layout Standard
25980 You can only use the style
25984 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25988 is always possible.
25991 \begin_layout Standard
25992 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25993 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25995 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25996 \begin_inset space ~
26000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26002 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
26009 \begin_layout Standard
26010 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
26014 \begin_inset space ~
26018 \begin_inset space ~
26023 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
26024 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26027 \begin_inset space ~
26032 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26033 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26036 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
26042 \begin_layout Standard
26043 You can change labels at any time.
26044 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26045 do not need to take care about this.
26048 \begin_layout Standard
26049 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26050 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26053 \begin_layout Standard
26054 References are described in detail in sec.
26055 \begin_inset space ~
26059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26073 \begin_layout Section
26074 Table of Contents and other Listings
26075 \begin_inset Index idx
26078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26085 \begin_inset Index idx
26088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26104 \begin_layout Subsection
26106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26108 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26115 \begin_layout Standard
26116 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26118 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26119 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26121 \begin_inset space ~
26125 \begin_inset space ~
26131 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26132 If you click on it, the
26136 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26137 sections in your documents.
26138 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26140 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26143 that is described in sec.
26144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26150 reference "sec:Navigating"
26157 \begin_layout Standard
26158 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26159 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26161 \begin_inset space ~
26165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26167 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26171 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26173 \begin_inset space ~
26177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26179 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26183 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26185 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26188 \begin_layout Subsection
26189 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26192 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26199 \begin_layout Standard
26200 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26201 You can insert them via the
26203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26205 \begin_inset space ~
26209 \begin_inset space ~
26215 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26218 \begin_layout Section
26219 URLs and Hyperlinks
26220 \begin_inset Index idx
26223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26230 \begin_inset Index idx
26233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26242 \begin_layout Subsection
26244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26253 \begin_layout Standard
26254 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26256 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26263 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26264 \begin_inset Flex URL
26267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26277 \begin_layout Standard
26278 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26284 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26288 \begin_layout Standard
26289 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26297 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26305 \begin_layout Subsection
26307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26309 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26316 \begin_layout Standard
26317 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26319 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26322 or with the toolbar button
26329 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26338 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26339 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26340 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26342 name "LyX's homepage"
26343 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26347 , an Email address like this:
26348 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26350 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26351 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26356 , or a link to a file.
26359 \begin_layout Standard
26360 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26373 to the link target.
26376 \begin_layout Standard
26377 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26378 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26379 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26380 the text style dialog.
26381 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26385 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26387 name "LyX's homepage"
26388 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26395 \begin_layout Standard
26396 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26400 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26403 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26407 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26409 \begin_inset Newline newline
26417 \begin_inset Newline newline
26424 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26427 \begin_layout Section
26429 \begin_inset Index idx
26432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26441 name "sec:Appendices"
26448 \begin_layout Standard
26449 Appendices are created with the menu
26451 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26453 \begin_inset space ~
26457 \begin_inset space ~
26463 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26464 as the appendix region.
26465 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26468 \begin_layout Standard
26469 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26470 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26471 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26472 and the subsection number.
26473 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26477 \begin_layout Standard
26479 \begin_inset space ~
26483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26485 reference "cha:Credits"
26490 \begin_inset space ~
26494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26496 reference "sub:Export"
26503 \begin_layout Section
26505 \begin_inset Index idx
26508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26517 name "sec:Bibliography"
26524 \begin_layout Standard
26525 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26526 You can include a bibliography database,
26530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26531 Known under the name
26532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26544 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26545 manually, using the paragraph environment
26549 , which was described in section
26550 \begin_inset space ~
26554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26556 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26561 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26562 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26566 use a bibliography database.
26569 \begin_layout Subsection
26570 The Bibliography Environment
26573 \begin_layout Standard
26578 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26580 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26589 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26591 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26600 , a short form of its title, as key.
26603 \begin_layout Standard
26604 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26606 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26609 or the toolbar button
26612 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26616 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26617 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26618 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26619 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26623 \begin_layout Standard
26624 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26625 entry with surrounding brackets.
26630 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26631 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26643 \begin_layout Standard
26646 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26649 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26651 key "latexcompanion"
26658 \begin_layout Standard
26659 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26660 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26669 \begin_layout Subsection
26670 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26671 \begin_inset Index idx
26674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26675 Bibliography ! Databases
26681 \begin_inset Index idx
26684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26685 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26693 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26700 \begin_layout Standard
26701 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26707 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26709 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26710 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26715 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26717 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26718 your working field in a database.
26719 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26720 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26722 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26726 \begin_layout Standard
26727 The database is a text file with the file extension
26728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26739 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26740 The format is explained in
26741 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26747 and in LaTeX books (
26748 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26750 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26755 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26756 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26757 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26758 \begin_inset Flex URL
26761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26763 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26771 \begin_layout Standard
26772 To use a database, use the menu
26774 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26779 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26792 \begin_inset space ~
26798 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26799 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26802 Add bibliography to TOC
26804 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26809 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26810 in the document or just the cited references.
26813 \begin_layout Standard
26814 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26826 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26827 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26828 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26830 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26836 For information how this is done, have a look at
26837 \begin_inset Newline newline
26841 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26843 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26855 \begin_layout Standard
26856 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26859 \begin_layout Standard
26860 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26861 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26864 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26892 \begin_inset space ~
26898 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26904 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26913 \begin_layout Standard
26914 When you select the option
26916 Sectioned bibliography
26920 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26923 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26924 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26926 Customizing Bibliographies
26934 Additional Features
26939 \begin_layout Standard
26940 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26941 the two methods of creating them.
26942 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26943 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26944 We used the style file
26948 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26951 \begin_layout Subsection
26952 Bibliography layout
26953 \begin_inset Index idx
26956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26957 Bibliography ! Layout
26965 \begin_layout Standard
26966 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26967 For this feature you need to enable the option
26973 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26977 \begin_inset Index idx
26980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26981 Document ! Settings
26991 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26992 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26993 in the previous section.
26996 \begin_layout Standard
26997 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26998 in the citation reference window.
26999 Here an example where we set the text
27000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27004 \begin_inset space ~
27008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27011 to appear after the reference:
27014 \begin_layout Standard
27016 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27019 key "latexcompanion"
27026 \begin_layout Section
27028 \begin_inset Index idx
27031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27047 \begin_layout Standard
27048 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27052 \begin_inset space ~
27057 or the toolbar button
27065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27076 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27077 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27078 by LyX as the index entry.
27081 \begin_layout Standard
27082 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27083 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27085 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27087 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27095 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27099 \begin_inset space ~
27103 \begin_inset space ~
27106 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27108 \begin_inset space ~
27114 A light blue box labeled
27115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27126 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27127 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27130 \begin_layout Subsection
27131 Grouping Index Entries
27132 \begin_inset Index idx
27135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27144 \begin_layout Standard
27145 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27147 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27148 lists under the entry
27149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27157 First we create the entry
27158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27166 \begin_inset space ~
27170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27172 reference "sub:Lists"
27177 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27178 \begin_inset space ~
27182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27184 reference "sec:Itemize"
27188 , we insert the command
27191 \begin_layout Standard
27197 \begin_layout Standard
27201 \begin_layout Standard
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27208 for the enumerated list in section
27209 \begin_inset space ~
27213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27215 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27222 \begin_layout Standard
27223 The exclamation mark
27224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27231 marks the grouping levels.
27232 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27233 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27234 If we don't have an index entry for
27235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27242 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27245 \begin_layout Subsection
27247 \begin_inset Index idx
27250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27251 Index ! Page ranges
27259 \begin_layout Standard
27260 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27262 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27263 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27265 \begin_inset space ~
27269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27271 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27278 \begin_layout Standard
27281 Paragraph environments|(
27284 \begin_layout Standard
27285 and another entry at the end of section
27286 \begin_inset space ~
27290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27292 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27299 \begin_layout Standard
27302 Paragraph environments|)
27305 \begin_layout Standard
27307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27330 respectively start and end the index range.
27331 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27332 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27333 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27334 An example is the index entry
27335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27338 Document ! Settings
27339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27345 \begin_layout Subsection
27347 \begin_inset Index idx
27350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27351 Index ! Cross referencing
27359 \begin_layout Standard
27360 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27361 We referred for example in the index entry
27362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27370 \begin_inset space ~
27374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27376 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27380 ) to the index entry
27381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27388 in the same section using the entry
27391 \begin_layout Standard
27394 GIF|see{Image formats}
27397 \begin_layout Standard
27398 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27399 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27400 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27403 \begin_layout Subsection
27405 \begin_inset Index idx
27408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27409 Index ! Entry order
27417 \begin_layout Standard
27418 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27419 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27420 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27425 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27427 \begin_inset space ~
27431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27433 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27442 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27443 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27468 \begin_inset Index idx
27471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27472 Dummy entries ! maïs
27478 \begin_inset Index idx
27481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27482 Dummy entries ! maître
27488 \begin_inset Index idx
27491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27492 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27497 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27498 order maïs, maison, maître.
27499 To achieve this, we use the command
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27505 previous entry@current entry
27508 \begin_layout Standard
27509 In our case we want to have
27510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27525 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27528 \begin_layout Standard
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27535 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27536 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27540 \begin_layout Standard
27541 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27547 \begin_layout Standard
27548 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27553 to generate the index (see sec.
27554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27560 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27569 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27577 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27581 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27582 index commands start with
27583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27595 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27600 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27615 \begin_layout Standard
27627 \begin_layout Subsection
27629 \begin_inset Index idx
27632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27633 Index ! Entry layout
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27642 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27643 \begin_inset Index idx
27646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27649 This is an italic dummy entry
27654 You can also format the page number using the character
27655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27662 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27663 We can write for example
27666 \begin_layout Standard
27669 italic page number:|textit
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27673 to get the page number in italic.
27674 \begin_inset Index idx
27677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27678 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27683 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27701 \begin_inset space ~
27707 Have a look at section
27708 \begin_inset space ~
27712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27714 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27718 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27722 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27730 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27734 to generate the index, see sec.
27735 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27741 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27750 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27751 This is because xindy requires you
27752 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
27755 to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27756 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27759 key "latexcompanion"
27771 \begin_layout Standard
27772 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27774 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27775 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27776 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27777 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27778 If so, put the following in the preamble
27781 \begin_layout Standard
27793 \begin_layout Standard
27797 \begin_layout Standard
27803 \begin_layout Standard
27804 in the index entry.
27805 \begin_inset Index idx
27808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27809 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27814 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27815 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27816 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27820 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27826 \begin_inset space \space{}
27829 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27830 for all index entries.
27831 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27843 documentation for details,
27844 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27846 key "makeindex,xindy"
27853 \begin_layout Subsection
27855 \begin_inset Index idx
27858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27867 name "sub:Index-Program"
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27875 If the index entry program
27879 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27883 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27892 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27893 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27894 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27895 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27896 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27906 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27907 dialog, see section
27908 \begin_inset space ~
27912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27914 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27919 The available options are listed and explained in
27920 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27922 key "makeindex,xindy"
27927 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27931 \begin_layout Standard
27932 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27933 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27936 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27937 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27938 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27942 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27943 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27946 \begin_layout Subsection
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27951 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27952 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27960 next to the standard index.
27961 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27962 packages that add this feature.
27968 \begin_inset Index idx
27971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27972 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27977 package to generate multiple indexes.
27978 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27979 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27980 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27987 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27988 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27989 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27992 \begin_layout Standard
27993 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27995 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27996 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27997 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28004 Use multiple Indexes
28005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28009 Note that the list of
28010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28017 below already contains the standard index.
28018 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
28019 also appear as a heading) to the
28020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28027 input field and press the
28028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28036 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28037 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28038 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28042 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28048 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28049 indexes in the LyX work area.
28052 \begin_layout Standard
28053 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28056 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28058 \begin_inset space ~
28062 \begin_inset space ~
28071 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28072 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28073 are some additional features:
28076 \begin_layout Itemize
28077 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28078 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28081 \begin_layout Itemize
28082 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28083 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28092 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28097 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28098 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28099 to the non-subindexes.
28102 \begin_layout Section
28103 Nomenclature / Glossary
28104 \begin_inset Index idx
28107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28114 \begin_inset Index idx
28117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28148 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28155 \begin_layout Standard
28156 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28157 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28161 \begin_layout Standard
28162 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28167 \begin_inset Index idx
28170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28171 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28177 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28178 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28184 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28188 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28189 and then use the menu
28191 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28197 \begin_inset space ~
28202 or the toolbar button
28205 arg "nomencl-insert"
28210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28221 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28224 \begin_layout Standard
28225 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28226 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28227 The second is the description of the symbol.
28230 \begin_layout Standard
28231 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28239 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28247 \begin_layout Subsection
28248 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28249 \begin_inset Index idx
28252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28253 Nomenclature ! Layout
28261 \begin_layout Standard
28262 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28266 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28272 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28280 \begin_inset Newline newline
28288 \begin_inset Newline newline
28294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28301 character starts/ends the formula.
28302 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28314 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28324 \begin_layout Standard
28325 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28326 \begin_inset space ~
28330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28332 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28339 \begin_layout Standard
28343 \begin_inset space ~
28348 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28349 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28354 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28361 in this document is:
28362 \begin_inset Newline newline
28367 dummy entry for the character
28372 \begin_inset Newline newline
28384 \begin_inset space ~
28394 font use the command
28423 \begin_layout Subsection
28424 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28425 \begin_inset Index idx
28428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28429 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28437 \begin_layout Standard
28438 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28439 the symbol definition.
28440 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28441 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28444 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28445 LatexCommand nomenclature
28447 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28454 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28458 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28459 LatexCommand nomenclature
28462 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28467 They will be sorted by
28468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28494 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28497 will be sorted before the
28501 since the character
28502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28509 is considered in sorting.
28512 \begin_layout Standard
28513 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28516 \begin_inset space ~
28521 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28522 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28524 For the example given, you can insert
28528 in this field for the
28529 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28536 will be located before
28537 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28543 \begin_layout Standard
28544 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28549 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28558 \begin_layout Subsection
28559 Nomenclature Options
28560 \begin_inset Index idx
28563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28564 Nomenclature ! Options
28572 \begin_layout Standard
28577 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28578 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28581 \begin_layout Description
28582 refeq Appends the phrase
28583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28598 to every nomenclature entry, where
28604 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28607 \begin_layout Description
28608 refpage Appends the phrase
28609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28624 to every nomenclature entry, where
28630 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28633 \begin_layout Description
28634 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28637 \begin_layout Standard
28638 There are furthermore the options
28682 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28686 \begin_layout Standard
28687 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28688 class options list in the
28690 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28694 In this document the option
28701 \begin_layout Standard
28702 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28708 \begin_layout Standard
28709 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28710 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28715 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28718 \begin_layout Description
28728 \begin_layout Description
28731 nomrefpage Like the
28738 \begin_layout Description
28741 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28750 \begin_layout Description
28754 \begin_inset space ~
28760 \begin_inset space ~
28765 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28768 \begin_layout Subsection
28769 Printing the Nomenclature
28770 \begin_inset Index idx
28773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28774 Nomenclature ! Printing
28782 \begin_layout Standard
28783 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28787 \begin_inset space ~
28791 \begin_inset space ~
28794 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28798 A light blue box labeled
28799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28810 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28811 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28814 \begin_layout Standard
28815 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28824 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28832 For example, in order to change the name to
28836 , add the following line to the preamble:
28839 \begin_layout Standard
28847 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28850 \begin_layout Standard
28851 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28857 \begin_layout Standard
28858 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28859 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28862 \begin_layout Standard
28870 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28873 \begin_layout Standard
28876 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28877 \begin_inset space ~
28881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28883 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28888 The default value is 1
28889 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28895 \begin_layout Subsection
28896 Nomenclature Program
28897 \begin_inset Index idx
28900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28901 Nomenclature ! Program
28907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28909 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28916 \begin_layout Standard
28917 LyX uses the program
28921 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28922 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28927 by adding options, see section
28928 \begin_inset space ~
28932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28934 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28939 The available options are listed and explained in
28940 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28942 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28949 \begin_layout Section
28951 \begin_inset Index idx
28954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28961 \begin_inset Index idx
28964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28965 Document ! Branches
28971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28973 name "sec:Branches"
28980 \begin_layout Standard
28981 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28982 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28983 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28984 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28987 \begin_layout Standard
28988 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28989 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28990 To create a branch, either select the menu
28992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28993 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28996 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28998 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29005 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
29006 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
29007 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
29008 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
29009 (see below for an example).
29010 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
29011 to the name of the other) and to add
29012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29024 \begin_inset space ~
29027 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
29028 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29031 \begin_layout Standard
29032 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29033 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29038 where you can choose a branch.
29039 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29043 \begin_layout Standard
29044 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29045 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29048 \begin_layout Standard
29049 \begin_inset Branch Question
29052 \begin_layout Standard
29053 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29061 \begin_layout Standard
29062 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29065 \begin_layout Standard
29066 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29074 \begin_layout Standard
29081 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29082 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29085 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29086 Consider for example a file
29087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29094 which has the above branches.
29096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29103 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29127 branch were inactive,
29128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29143 branch was active, likewise
29144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29159 branch was active, and
29160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29163 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29167 if both branches were active.
29168 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29172 \begin_layout Standard
29173 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29180 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29181 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29183 For example you can define for the question branch
29187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29188 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29189 \begin_inset space ~
29193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29195 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29207 \begin_layout Standard
29217 \begin_layout Standard
29227 \begin_layout Standard
29228 and for the answer branch
29231 \begin_layout Standard
29241 \begin_layout Standard
29251 \begin_layout Standard
29252 \begin_inset Branch Question
29255 \begin_layout Standard
29259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29287 \begin_layout Standard
29288 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29291 \begin_layout Standard
29295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29323 \begin_layout Standard
29324 Now it is possible to use the commands
29328 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29335 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29338 to obtain conditional output.
29339 Here is an example formula where only the
29346 \begin_inset Formula
29348 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29356 \begin_layout Standard
29357 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29365 \begin_layout Section
29367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29369 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29374 \begin_inset Index idx
29377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29386 \begin_layout Standard
29391 dialog allows you in the
29395 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29396 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29401 \begin_inset Index idx
29404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29405 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29413 \begin_layout Standard
29418 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29419 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29420 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29422 You can specify in the dialog tab
29426 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29428 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29429 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29438 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29439 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29440 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29442 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29443 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29445 \begin_inset space ~
29448 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29449 \begin_inset space ~
29452 1 will only display the sections.
29455 \begin_layout Standard
29456 The header information in the dialog tab
29460 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29461 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29466 \begin_inset space \space{}
29469 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29470 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29473 Automatic fill header
29475 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29476 title and author settings.
29479 \begin_layout Standard
29482 Load in fullscreen mode
29484 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29487 \begin_layout Standard
29488 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29489 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29495 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29496 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29505 \begin_layout Section
29506 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29509 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29516 \begin_layout Subsection
29518 \begin_inset Index idx
29521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29530 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29537 \begin_layout Standard
29538 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29539 constructs, but not all.
29540 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29541 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29542 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29543 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29544 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29548 \begin_layout Standard
29549 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29551 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29555 \begin_inset space ~
29560 or by the toolbar button
29567 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29571 \begin_layout Standard
29572 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29573 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29574 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29575 using the LaTeX-command
29581 , you can write the command part
29587 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29591 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29592 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29593 the following example:
29596 \begin_layout Standard
29597 \begin_inset Graphics
29598 filename clipart/ERT.png
29606 \begin_layout Standard
29610 \begin_layout Standard
29611 This is a line with a
29615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29638 \begin_layout Standard
29639 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29647 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29648 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29656 \begin_layout Subsection
29657 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29658 \begin_inset Argument
29661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29668 \begin_inset Index idx
29671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29678 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29680 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29687 \begin_layout Standard
29688 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29689 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29690 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29699 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29700 any time if you know the right commands.
29702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29706 \begin_inset space \space{}
29709 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29711 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29712 all caption labels bold.
29713 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29715 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29719 \begin_layout Standard
29720 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29721 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29722 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29724 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29733 \begin_layout Standard
29734 As result you know that the package
29739 \begin_inset Index idx
29742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29743 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29749 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29751 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29757 \begin_layout Standard
29762 usepackage[options]{package name}
29765 \begin_layout Standard
29766 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29767 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29768 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29771 \begin_layout Standard
29772 In your case the package name is
29777 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29782 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29783 So you add the command
29786 \begin_layout Standard
29791 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29794 \begin_layout Standard
29795 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29800 For more commands provided by the
29804 package, have a look at its documentation,
29805 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29819 \begin_layout Standard
29820 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29822 For example if you use a
29826 class, you don't need the package
29830 , you can instead write
29833 \begin_layout Standard
29838 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29843 \begin_layout Standard
29844 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29845 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29846 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29853 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29856 \begin_layout Standard
29857 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29858 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29860 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29861 the previous section.
29864 \begin_layout Standard
29865 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29867 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29869 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29876 \begin_layout Standard
29877 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29883 \begin_layout Standard
29887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29897 \begin_inset Note Note
29900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29901 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29909 \begin_layout Left Header
29910 \begin_inset Argument
29913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29933 \begin_inset Note Note
29936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29937 defines the header line as described below
29945 \begin_layout Center Header
29946 \begin_inset Argument
29949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29958 \begin_layout Right Header
29959 \begin_inset Argument
29962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29983 \begin_layout Left Footer
29984 \begin_inset Argument
29987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30008 \begin_layout Center Footer
30009 \begin_inset Argument
30012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30023 \begin_inset Newline newline
30027 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30033 \begin_layout Right Footer
30034 \begin_inset Argument
30037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30059 \begin_layout Section
30060 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30061 \begin_inset Index idx
30064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30065 Document ! Header/Footer line
30071 \begin_inset Index idx
30074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30083 \begin_layout Standard
30084 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30085 to set the headings style to
30091 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30097 \begin_inset space ~
30103 As second step add in the menu
30105 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30106 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30113 Custom Header/Footerlines
30114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30118 This module offers the 6
30119 \begin_inset space ~
30125 \begin_layout Description
30127 \begin_inset space ~
30131 \begin_inset space ~
30135 \begin_inset space ~
30139 \begin_inset space ~
30143 \begin_inset space ~
30149 \begin_layout Description
30151 \begin_inset space ~
30155 \begin_inset space ~
30159 \begin_inset space ~
30163 \begin_inset space ~
30167 \begin_inset space ~
30173 \begin_layout Standard
30174 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30177 \begin_layout Standard
30178 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30179 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
30181 \begin_inset space ~
30185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30187 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30191 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30194 \begin_layout Standard
30195 \begin_inset Float figure
30201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30204 \begin_inset Tabular
30205 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30206 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30207 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30209 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30211 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30229 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30240 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30258 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30269 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30273 The normal text on the page goes here.
30274 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
30276 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30277 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30282 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30291 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30320 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30331 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30367 \begin_inset Caption
30369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30372 name "fig:Page-layout"
30376 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30389 \begin_layout Subsection
30393 \begin_layout Standard
30394 To define your header line, add all 3
30395 \begin_inset space ~
30399 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30400 the optional arguments on even pages.
30401 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30403 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30404 Defining the footer line works similar.
30407 \begin_layout Standard
30408 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30424 \begin_inset space ~
30432 \begin_layout Description
30435 thepage prints the current page number
30438 \begin_layout Description
30441 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30444 \begin_layout Description
30447 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30450 \begin_layout Description
30453 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30454 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30461 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30464 because it usually goes in a left header.
30467 \begin_layout Description
30470 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30471 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30473 It is normally used in the right header.
30476 \begin_layout Subsection
30477 Default header/footer
30480 \begin_layout Standard
30481 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30482 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30483 footer has the page number.
30484 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30485 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30486 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30489 \begin_inset space ~
30497 \begin_layout Subsection
30501 \begin_layout Standard
30502 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30503 Some pages are different.
30504 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30505 a new part or chapter in your book.
30506 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30507 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30508 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30512 Header and footer decoration line
30515 \begin_layout Standard
30516 By default, you get a 0.4
30517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30520 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30521 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30533 in the following scheme:
30536 \begin_layout Standard
30543 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30546 \begin_layout Standard
30547 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30556 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30563 \begin_layout Standard
30564 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30565 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30566 \begin_inset space ~
30570 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30579 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30580 Several header/footer lines
30583 \begin_layout Standard
30584 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30585 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30586 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30588 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30600 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30603 \begin_layout Standard
30610 headheight}{height}
30613 \begin_layout Standard
30614 Where height is a size in standard units.
30615 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30616 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30617 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30619 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30633 and look via the button
30636 \begin_inset space ~
30641 if you find a warning of the package
30646 \begin_inset Index idx
30649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30650 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30656 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30657 for your header/footer.
30660 \begin_layout Subsection
30664 \begin_layout Standard
30665 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30666 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
30667 This example consists of the following definition:
30670 \begin_layout Description
30672 \begin_inset space ~
30681 , empty optional argument
30684 \begin_layout Description
30686 \begin_inset space ~
30689 Header empty, empty optional argument
30692 \begin_layout Description
30694 \begin_inset space ~
30703 in the optional argument
30706 \begin_layout Description
30708 \begin_inset space ~
30717 in the optional argument
30720 \begin_layout Description
30722 \begin_inset space ~
30734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30738 \begin_inset Newline newline
30742 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30749 in the optional argument
30752 \begin_layout Description
30754 \begin_inset space ~
30763 , empty optional argument
30766 \begin_layout Description
30769 headrulewidth set to 2
30770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30776 \begin_layout Standard
30777 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30779 For more special things like e.
30780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30784 \begin_inset space ~
30787 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30792 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30801 \begin_layout Standard
30802 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30808 \begin_layout Standard
30812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30816 pagestyle{headings}
30822 \begin_inset Note Note
30825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30826 switches back to page style with the default headings
30834 \begin_layout Section
30835 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30838 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30843 \begin_inset Index idx
30846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30853 \begin_inset Index idx
30856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30865 \begin_layout Standard
30866 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30867 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30868 to break your train of thought with
30870 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30876 \begin_layout Standard
30877 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30878 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30883 \begin_inset Index idx
30886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30887 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30892 as explained below, and turn on
30895 \begin_inset space ~
30902 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30906 \begin_inset space ~
30910 \begin_inset space ~
30913 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30918 \begin_inset space ~
30923 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30926 \begin_layout Standard
30927 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30929 Previews of an already loaded document are
30933 generated just by selecting the
30936 \begin_inset space ~
30941 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30944 \begin_layout Standard
30945 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30946 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30949 \begin_inset space ~
30954 check box in the insert dialog.
30955 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30959 \begin_layout Standard
30960 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30964 (on some systems named simply
30969 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30971 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30977 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30978 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30986 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30990 \begin_layout Standard
30991 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30997 \begin_layout Standard
30998 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
31002 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31004 \begin_inset space ~
31009 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31010 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31012 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31013 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31014 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31015 the source view window.
31018 \begin_layout Section
31019 Advanced Find and Replace
31020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31022 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31027 \begin_inset Index idx
31030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31037 \begin_inset Index idx
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31049 \begin_layout Subsection
31053 \begin_layout Standard
31054 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31055 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31056 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31057 The key-features are:
31060 \begin_layout Itemize
31061 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31062 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31063 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31067 \begin_layout Itemize
31068 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31069 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31070 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31071 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31074 \begin_layout Itemize
31075 Search may be widened to a specific
31080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31084 \begin_inset space ~
31087 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31088 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31095 \begin_layout Itemize
31096 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31097 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31102 \begin_inset space ~
31105 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31108 \begin_layout Subsection
31112 \begin_layout Standard
31113 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31116 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31129 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31132 ) or the toolbar button
31135 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31141 Advanced Find and Replace
31146 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31150 \begin_layout Standard
31155 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31160 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31165 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31166 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31167 Pressing repeatedly
31171 keeps searching forward.
31172 Similarly, pressing
31176 searches for the entered text backwards.
31179 \begin_layout Standard
31180 While searching, the
31184 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31194 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31197 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31198 Searching for mathematics
31201 \begin_layout Standard
31202 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31206 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31207 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31210 or also something more complex like
31211 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31215 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31216 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31217 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31218 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31224 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31228 \begin_layout Standard
31229 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31230 This is done by switching to the
31234 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31239 This way, entering in the
31246 \begin_layout Itemize
31247 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31248 in emphasized or boldface.
31251 \begin_layout Itemize
31252 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31253 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31254 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31255 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31258 \begin_layout Itemize
31259 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31260 of if only within section headings.
31261 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31262 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31266 \begin_layout Itemize
31267 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31268 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31275 \begin_layout Standard
31276 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31280 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31288 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31292 button or alternatively
31314 \begin_layout Standard
31315 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31316 text segments in your document.
31317 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31321 \begin_layout Itemize
31322 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31323 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31331 with its typewriter version
31334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31344 \begin_layout Itemize
31345 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31351 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31363 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31370 (you may want to enable the
31378 options and disable the
31386 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31394 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31395 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31399 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31402 , or occurrences of
31403 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31407 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31413 \begin_layout Subsection
31417 \begin_layout Standard
31418 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31423 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31425 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31427 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31436 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31442 This is done via the menu
31444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31445 Insert Regular Expression
31447 while the cursor is in the
31452 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31453 expression matching rules
31457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31458 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31464 \begin_inset space ~
31467 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31468 to match expressions.
31473 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31474 same text in the document.
31475 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31476 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31479 \begin_layout Enumerate
31480 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31485 editor the fraction
31486 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31490 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31493 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31494 fractions with the given denominator.
31497 \begin_layout Enumerate
31498 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31510 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31515 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31516 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31518 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31521 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31522 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31525 \begin_layout Standard
31526 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31527 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31528 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31531 , and referring back to them through
31532 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31536 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31540 For example, try searching for the regexp
31541 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31544 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31547 \begin_layout Standard
31548 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31549 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31550 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31555 \begin_inset space ~
31559 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31562 always refers to the first occurrence of
31563 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31566 in all entered regexps.
31569 \begin_layout Standard
31570 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31574 \begin_layout Section
31576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31578 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31583 \begin_inset Index idx
31586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31595 \begin_layout Standard
31596 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31599 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31606 or the toolbar button
31609 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31612 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31613 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31614 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31615 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31616 scrolled so that it is visible.
31617 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31618 n, if any could be found.
31619 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31623 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31624 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31627 \begin_layout Standard
31628 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31631 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31635 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31636 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31637 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31638 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31639 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31640 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31643 \begin_layout Subsection
31647 \begin_layout Standard
31648 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31651 \begin_inset space ~
31654 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31657 you can set the following things:
31660 \begin_layout Description
31662 \begin_inset space ~
31665 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31666 Depending on your platform,
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31681 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31682 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31697 \begin_layout Description
31699 \begin_inset space ~
31702 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31703 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31706 \begin_layout Description
31708 \begin_inset space ~
31711 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31713 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31717 \begin_inset space \space{}
31721 This should normally not be needed.
31724 \begin_layout Description
31726 \begin_inset space ~
31730 \begin_inset space ~
31733 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31745 \begin_layout Description
31747 \begin_inset space ~
31750 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31751 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31752 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31753 in the context menu.
31754 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31758 \begin_layout Description
31760 \begin_inset space ~
31764 \begin_inset space ~
31768 \begin_inset space ~
31771 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31775 \begin_layout Section
31777 \begin_inset Index idx
31780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31789 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31796 \begin_layout Standard
31797 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31798 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31808 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31810 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31819 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31820 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31821 are available for many languages.
31824 \begin_layout Standard
31825 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31829 \begin_layout Subsection
31830 Setting up the thesaurus
31833 \begin_layout Standard
31838 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31843 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31848 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31854 en_EN for English).
31855 For instance, the English files are named:
31858 \begin_layout Itemize
31862 \begin_layout Itemize
31866 \begin_layout Standard
31867 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31868 already on your system.
31869 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31870 \begin_inset Flex URL
31873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31875 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31881 \begin_inset Flex URL
31884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31886 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31896 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
31897 \begin_inset Flex URL
31900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31902 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31907 are usually packed in extension archives (
31911 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31913 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31914 unpack a zip archive.
31927 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31928 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31930 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31931 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31935 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31938 \begin_layout Subsection
31939 Using the thesaurus
31942 \begin_layout Standard
31943 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31945 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31948 or the toolbar button
31951 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31954 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31956 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31958 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31959 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31960 and hyponyms (such as
31968 ), compounds (such as
31972 ) and antonyms (such as
31980 ), which are marked as such.
31983 \begin_layout Standard
31984 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31985 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31989 \begin_layout Standard
31990 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31991 the dictionary, such as the above
31995 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32000 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32001 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32002 For example looking up the word forms
32010 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32015 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32028 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32029 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32030 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32033 \begin_layout Section
32035 \begin_inset Index idx
32038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32045 \begin_inset Index idx
32048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32049 Document ! Change Tracking
32055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32057 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32064 \begin_layout Standard
32065 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32066 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32067 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32068 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32070 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32072 \begin_inset space ~
32075 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32077 \begin_inset space ~
32085 \begin_layout Standard
32086 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32100 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32101 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32104 \begin_inset space ~
32108 \begin_inset space ~
32118 \begin_inset Index idx
32121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32122 Color ! Change tracking
32127 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32128 the cursor is in changed text.
32129 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32132 arg "changes-merge"
32138 \begin_layout Standard
32139 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32140 \begin_inset Index idx
32143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32152 \begin_layout Standard
32153 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32159 \begin_layout Standard
32160 \begin_inset Graphics
32161 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32169 \begin_layout Standard
32170 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32176 \begin_layout Standard
32177 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32181 \begin_layout Standard
32182 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32188 \begin_layout Standard
32189 \begin_inset Tabular
32190 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32191 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32192 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32193 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32194 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 arg "changes-track"
32211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32217 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32219 \begin_inset space ~
32222 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32224 \begin_inset space ~
32233 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32242 arg "changes-output"
32250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32256 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32258 \begin_inset space ~
32261 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32263 \begin_inset space ~
32267 \begin_inset space ~
32271 \begin_inset space ~
32280 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 Jumps to the next change
32307 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32316 arg "change-accept"
32324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32330 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32332 \begin_inset space ~
32335 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32337 \begin_inset space ~
32346 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32355 arg "change-reject"
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32369 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32371 \begin_inset space ~
32374 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32376 \begin_inset space ~
32385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 arg "changes-merge"
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32408 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32410 \begin_inset space ~
32413 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32415 \begin_inset space ~
32424 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32433 arg "all-changes-accept"
32441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32447 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32449 \begin_inset space ~
32452 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32454 \begin_inset space ~
32458 \begin_inset space ~
32467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32476 arg "all-changes-reject"
32484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32490 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32492 \begin_inset space ~
32495 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32497 \begin_inset space ~
32501 \begin_inset space ~
32510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32534 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32536 \begin_inset space ~
32545 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32568 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32570 \begin_inset space ~
32586 \begin_layout Standard
32587 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32593 \begin_layout Standard
32594 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32595 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32596 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32597 the next change after the current cursor position.
32598 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32599 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32600 step to the next change.
32601 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32604 \begin_layout Standard
32605 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32606 to describe a change.
32609 \begin_layout Standard
32610 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32615 \begin_inset Index idx
32618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32619 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32625 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32626 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32632 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32635 \begin_layout Section
32636 International Support
32637 \begin_inset Index idx
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32641 International support
32649 \begin_layout Standard
32650 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32651 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32652 how to set up LyX to use them:
32653 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32655 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32662 \begin_layout Standard
32663 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32664 \begin_inset space ~
32668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32670 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32677 \begin_layout Subsection
32679 \begin_inset Index idx
32682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32689 \begin_inset Index idx
32692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32693 Document ! Settings
32699 \begin_inset Index idx
32702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 Document ! Language
32711 \begin_layout Standard
32714 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32717 dialog lets you set
32719 the language and character encoding for your language.
32723 \begin_layout Standard
32724 Choose your language in the
32728 section of this dialog.
32736 \begin_layout Standard
32741 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32746 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32747 For details about the different encoding options see section
32748 \begin_inset space ~
32752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32754 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
32761 \begin_layout Subsection
32762 Keyboard mapping configuration
32763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32765 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32772 \begin_layout Standard
32773 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
32774 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
32775 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
32776 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
32777 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32779 \begin_inset space ~
32783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32785 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32790 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32791 which one you want to use.
32794 \begin_layout Standard
32795 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32796 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32797 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32798 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32799 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32800 one to support the characters you want.
32801 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32808 \begin_layout Subsection
32812 \begin_layout Standard
32814 \begin_inset space ~
32818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32820 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32829 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32833 \begin_layout Standard
32834 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32835 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32843 \begin_layout Itemize
32844 Even if you have selected
32850 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32853 dialog, users who have only the
32857 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32861 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32862 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32863 french quotes won't show up.
32866 \begin_layout Standard
32867 \begin_inset Float table
32872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32873 \begin_inset Caption
32875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32876 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32878 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32896 \begin_inset Tabular
32897 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32898 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32899 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32900 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32901 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32902 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32903 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32904 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32905 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32906 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32907 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32908 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32909 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32910 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32912 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32913 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32914 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32915 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37328 \begin_layout Standard
37329 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37331 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37332 also the characters from
37344 \begin_layout Itemize
37353 \begin_layout Standard
37354 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37355 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37361 \begin_layout Standard
37362 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37363 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37369 \begin_layout Standard
37370 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37371 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37377 \begin_layout Standard
37378 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37379 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37385 \begin_layout Standard
37387 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37393 \begin_layout Standard
37395 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37401 \begin_layout Standard
37403 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37410 \begin_layout Itemize
37423 \begin_layout Standard
37425 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37431 \begin_layout Standard
37433 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37439 \begin_layout Standard
37441 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37447 \begin_layout Standard
37449 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37455 \begin_layout Standard
37457 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37463 \begin_layout Standard
37465 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37472 \begin_layout Standard
37473 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37474 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37475 Also make sure you're using the
37482 \begin_layout Chapter
37485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37487 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
37494 \begin_layout Standard
37495 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37496 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37497 topic inside the user's guide.
37500 \begin_layout Section
37502 \begin_inset Index idx
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37514 \begin_layout Standard
37519 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37520 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
37523 \begin_layout Subsection
37527 \begin_layout Standard
37528 Creates a new document.
37531 \begin_layout Subsection
37535 \begin_layout Standard
37536 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37537 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37538 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37541 \begin_layout Subsection
37545 \begin_layout Standard
37549 \begin_layout Subsection
37553 \begin_layout Standard
37554 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37555 Click there on a file to open it.
37558 \begin_layout Subsection
37562 \begin_layout Standard
37563 Closes the current document.
37566 \begin_layout Subsection
37570 \begin_layout Standard
37571 Closes all opened documents.
37574 \begin_layout Subsection
37578 \begin_layout Standard
37579 Saves the actual document.
37582 \begin_layout Subsection
37586 \begin_layout Standard
37587 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37590 \begin_layout Subsection
37594 \begin_layout Standard
37595 Saves all opened documents.
37598 \begin_layout Subsection
37602 \begin_layout Standard
37603 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37606 \begin_layout Subsection
37610 \begin_layout Standard
37611 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37612 It is described in the section
37614 Version Control in LyX
37618 Additional Features
37623 \begin_layout Subsection
37627 \begin_layout Standard
37628 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37629 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37630 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37631 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37634 \begin_layout Standard
37635 When using the menu entry
37638 \begin_inset space ~
37643 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37647 \begin_inset space ~
37651 \begin_inset space ~
37656 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37657 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37660 \begin_layout Subsection
37662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37671 \begin_layout Standard
37672 You can export your document to various file formats.
37673 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37674 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37675 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37678 \begin_layout Standard
37679 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37681 \begin_inset space ~
37685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37687 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37694 \begin_layout Description
37698 \begin_inset space ~
37703 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
37705 \begin_inset Newline newline
37708 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37711 \begin_layout Description
37719 \begin_layout Description
37720 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37724 \begin_layout Description
37726 \begin_inset space ~
37730 \begin_inset space ~
37733 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37737 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37745 \begin_layout Description
37752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37760 \begin_inset space ~
37765 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37766 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37770 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37773 \begin_layout Description
37780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37788 \begin_inset space ~
37793 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37794 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37802 \begin_layout Description
37804 \begin_inset space ~
37807 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
37808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37815 is replaced by the version number)
37818 \begin_layout Description
37819 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37822 \begin_layout Description
37823 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
37836 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37840 \begin_layout Description
37844 \begin_inset space ~
37849 PDF-format using the program
37854 \begin_layout Description
37858 \begin_inset space ~
37863 PDF-format using the program
37868 \begin_layout Description
37872 \begin_inset space ~
37877 PDF-format using the program
37882 \begin_layout Description
37886 \begin_inset space ~
37894 \begin_layout Description
37898 \begin_inset space ~
37902 \begin_inset space ~
37907 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
37908 and then exported as text using the program
37913 \begin_layout Description
37918 PostScript format using the program
37923 \begin_layout Description
37931 \begin_layout Standard
37936 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
37937 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
37943 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
37946 \begin_layout Standard
37947 If one of the menu entries
37954 \begin_inset space ~
37963 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37964 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37965 \begin_inset space ~
37969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37971 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37976 \begin_inset Index idx
37979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37980 Reconfiguration of LyX
37988 \begin_layout Standard
37993 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
37994 the export program.
37997 \begin_layout Subsection
38001 \begin_layout Standard
38002 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38003 format or send it to a printer.
38004 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38005 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38011 For more information have a look at section
38012 \begin_inset space ~
38016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38018 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38025 \begin_layout Subsection
38029 \begin_layout Standard
38030 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38031 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38032 prefix, see section
38033 \begin_inset space ~
38037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38039 reference "sec:Paths"
38044 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38053 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38054 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38055 \begin_inset space ~
38059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38061 reference "sub:Converters"
38068 \begin_layout Subsection
38069 New and Close Window
38072 \begin_layout Standard
38073 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38076 \begin_layout Subsection
38080 \begin_layout Standard
38081 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38084 \begin_layout Section
38086 \begin_inset Index idx
38089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38098 \begin_layout Subsection
38102 \begin_layout Standard
38103 Described in section
38104 \begin_inset space ~
38108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38110 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38117 \begin_layout Subsection
38118 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38121 \begin_layout Standard
38122 Described in section
38123 \begin_inset space ~
38127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38129 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38136 \begin_layout Subsection
38140 \begin_layout Standard
38141 Selects the whole document.
38144 \begin_layout Subsection
38148 \begin_layout Standard
38149 Described in section
38150 \begin_inset space ~
38154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38156 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38163 \begin_layout Subsection
38164 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38167 \begin_layout Standard
38168 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38172 \begin_layout Subsection
38176 \begin_layout Standard
38177 Described in section
38178 \begin_inset space ~
38182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38184 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38191 \begin_layout Subsection
38193 \begin_inset Index idx
38196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38197 Paragraph ! Settings
38205 \begin_layout Standard
38206 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38207 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38210 \begin_layout Standard
38211 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38212 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38214 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38220 \begin_inset space ~
38228 \begin_layout Subsection
38229 Table Settings and Math
38232 \begin_layout Standard
38233 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38235 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38236 The properties of tables are described in section
38237 \begin_inset space ~
38241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38243 reference "sec:Tables"
38247 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38248 \begin_inset space ~
38252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38254 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38261 \begin_layout Subsection
38262 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38265 \begin_layout Standard
38266 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38267 that can be nested.
38268 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38269 \begin_inset space ~
38273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38275 reference "sec:Nesting"
38280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38282 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38289 \begin_layout Section
38291 \begin_inset Index idx
38294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38303 \begin_layout Standard
38308 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38309 document with an external program.
38310 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38311 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38312 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38313 \begin_inset space ~
38317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38319 reference "sub:Export"
38324 You should at least see the menu entries
38331 \begin_inset space ~
38337 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38338 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38339 \begin_inset space ~
38343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38345 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38350 \begin_inset Index idx
38353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38354 Reconfiguration of LyX
38362 \begin_layout Standard
38363 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38364 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38365 \begin_inset space ~
38369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38371 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38376 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38379 \begin_layout Standard
38380 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38383 At the bottom of the
38387 menu the opened documents are listed.
38390 \begin_layout Subsection
38391 Open/Close all Insets
38394 \begin_layout Standard
38395 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38398 \begin_layout Subsection
38399 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38402 \begin_layout Standard
38403 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38406 \begin_layout Standard
38407 Math macros are described in the
38414 \begin_layout Subsection
38418 \begin_layout Standard
38419 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38421 \begin_inset space ~
38425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38427 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38434 \begin_layout Subsection
38438 \begin_layout Standard
38439 Opens a window showing console messages.
38440 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38444 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38445 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38448 \begin_layout Subsection
38452 \begin_layout Standard
38453 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38454 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38455 \begin_inset space ~
38459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38461 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38465 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38466 \begin_inset space ~
38470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38472 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38476 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38479 \begin_layout Subsection
38480 View (Other Formats)
38483 \begin_layout Standard
38484 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38487 \begin_layout Subsection
38491 \begin_layout Standard
38492 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38493 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38494 opening a new viewer window.
38497 \begin_layout Subsection
38498 Update (Other Formats)
38501 \begin_layout Standard
38502 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38503 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38506 \begin_layout Subsection
38507 View Master Document
38510 \begin_layout Standard
38511 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38528 manual for more information on this topic).
38529 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38530 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38535 generates the output of the whole book, while
38539 will just output the chapter alone.
38542 \begin_layout Standard
38543 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38544 in the preferences (see sec.
38545 \begin_inset space ~
38549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38551 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38555 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38556 \begin_inset space ~
38560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38562 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38569 \begin_layout Subsection
38570 Update Master Document
38573 \begin_layout Standard
38574 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38591 manual for more information on this topic).
38592 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38593 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38596 \begin_layout Standard
38597 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38598 in the preferences (see sec.
38599 \begin_inset space ~
38603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38605 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38609 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38610 \begin_inset space ~
38614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38616 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38623 \begin_layout Subsection
38627 \begin_layout Standard
38628 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38629 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38630 view the same document, but at different positions.
38631 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38632 or more documents at the same time.
38633 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38640 \begin_layout Subsection
38644 \begin_layout Standard
38645 Closes a split view.
38648 \begin_layout Subsection
38652 \begin_layout Standard
38653 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38654 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38655 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38656 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38657 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38660 \begin_layout Subsection
38662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38664 name "sub:Toolbars"
38669 \begin_inset Index idx
38672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38681 \begin_layout Standard
38682 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38683 All toolbars and the
38686 \begin_inset space ~
38691 can be turned on and off.
38696 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38708 \begin_inset space ~
38717 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38721 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38728 \begin_layout Standard
38733 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38737 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38738 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38739 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38740 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38741 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38744 \begin_layout Standard
38745 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38746 \begin_inset space ~
38750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38752 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38759 \begin_layout Section
38761 \begin_inset Index idx
38764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38773 \begin_layout Subsection
38777 \begin_layout Standard
38778 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38779 \begin_inset space ~
38783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38785 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38796 \begin_layout Subsection
38798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38800 name "sub:Special-Character"
38807 \begin_layout Standard
38808 Here you can insert the following characters:
38811 \begin_layout Description
38812 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38813 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38814 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38815 \begin_inset Newline newline
38819 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38827 Not all characters will be visible in the
38831 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38833 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38839 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38843 ) can display every character.
38851 \begin_layout Description
38852 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38856 \begin_layout Description
38858 \begin_inset space ~
38862 \begin_inset space ~
38865 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38866 \begin_inset space ~
38870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38872 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38879 \begin_layout Description
38881 \begin_inset space ~
38884 Quote Inserts this quote:
38885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38888 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
38890 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38900 \begin_layout Description
38902 \begin_inset space ~
38905 Quote Inserts this quote:
38906 \begin_inset Quotes els
38912 \begin_layout Description
38914 \begin_inset space ~
38917 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38921 \begin_layout Description
38923 \begin_inset space ~
38926 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38930 \begin_layout Description
38932 \begin_inset space ~
38935 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38939 \begin_layout Description
38941 \begin_inset space ~
38945 \begin_inset Index idx
38948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38955 \begin_inset Index idx
38958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38959 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38964 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38965 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38966 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38971 \begin_inset Index idx
38974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38975 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38981 \begin_inset Newline newline
38984 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
38988 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38996 and this Wiki-page:
38997 \begin_inset Newline newline
39001 \begin_inset Flex URL
39004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39006 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39014 \begin_layout Subsection
39018 \begin_layout Standard
39019 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39022 \begin_layout Description
39023 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39024 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
39030 \begin_layout Description
39031 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39032 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
39038 \begin_layout Description
39040 \begin_inset space ~
39043 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39044 \begin_inset space ~
39048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39050 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39057 \begin_layout Description
39059 \begin_inset space ~
39062 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39063 \begin_inset space ~
39067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39069 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39076 \begin_layout Description
39078 \begin_inset space ~
39081 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39082 \begin_inset space ~
39086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39088 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39095 \begin_layout Description
39097 \begin_inset space ~
39100 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39101 \begin_inset space ~
39105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39107 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39114 \begin_layout Description
39116 \begin_inset space ~
39119 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39120 \begin_inset space ~
39124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39126 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39133 \begin_layout Description
39135 \begin_inset space ~
39138 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39139 \begin_inset space ~
39143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39145 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39152 \begin_layout Description
39154 \begin_inset space ~
39157 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39158 \begin_inset space ~
39162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39164 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39171 \begin_layout Description
39173 \begin_inset space ~
39176 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39177 \begin_inset space ~
39181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39183 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39190 \begin_layout Description
39192 \begin_inset space ~
39196 \begin_inset space ~
39199 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39200 \begin_inset space ~
39204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39206 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39213 \begin_layout Description
39215 \begin_inset space ~
39218 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39219 text line to the page border, see section
39220 \begin_inset space ~
39224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39226 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39233 \begin_layout Description
39235 \begin_inset space ~
39238 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39239 \begin_inset space ~
39243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39245 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39252 \begin_layout Description
39254 \begin_inset space ~
39257 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39258 text page to the page border, described in section
39259 \begin_inset space ~
39263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39265 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39272 \begin_layout Description
39274 \begin_inset space ~
39277 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39278 \begin_inset space ~
39282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39284 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39291 \begin_layout Description
39293 \begin_inset space ~
39297 \begin_inset space ~
39300 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39301 \begin_inset space ~
39305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39307 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39314 \begin_layout Subsection
39318 \begin_layout Standard
39319 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39320 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
39322 \begin_inset space ~
39326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39328 reference "sec:toc"
39333 The index list is described in section
39334 \begin_inset space ~
39338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39340 reference "sec:Index"
39344 , the nomenclature in section
39345 \begin_inset space ~
39349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39351 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39355 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39356 \begin_inset space ~
39360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39362 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39369 \begin_layout Subsection
39373 \begin_layout Standard
39374 To insert floats, described in section
39375 \begin_inset space ~
39379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39381 reference "sec:Floats"
39388 \begin_layout Subsection
39392 \begin_layout Standard
39393 To insert notes, described in section
39394 \begin_inset space ~
39398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39400 reference "sec:Notes"
39407 \begin_layout Subsection
39411 \begin_layout Standard
39412 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39413 \begin_inset space ~
39417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39419 reference "sec:Branches"
39426 \begin_layout Subsection
39430 \begin_layout Standard
39431 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39432 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39434 An example is the document class
39435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39442 with three custom insets.
39445 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39451 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39454 \begin_layout Subsection
39456 \begin_inset Index idx
39459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39468 \begin_layout Standard
39469 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39470 files in your document.
39471 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39482 \begin_layout Subsection
39484 \begin_inset Index idx
39487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39496 \begin_layout Standard
39497 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39498 \begin_inset space ~
39502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39504 reference "sec:Minipages"
39509 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39520 \begin_layout Subsection
39524 \begin_layout Standard
39525 Inserts a citation as described in section
39526 \begin_inset space ~
39530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39532 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39539 \begin_layout Subsection
39543 \begin_layout Standard
39544 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39545 \begin_inset space ~
39549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39551 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39558 \begin_layout Subsection
39562 \begin_layout Standard
39563 Inserts a label as described in section
39564 \begin_inset space ~
39568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39570 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39577 \begin_layout Subsection
39579 \begin_inset Index idx
39582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39589 \begin_inset Index idx
39592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39593 Longtables ! Caption
39601 \begin_layout Standard
39602 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39603 Floats are described in section
39604 \begin_inset space ~
39608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39610 reference "sec:Floats"
39614 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39625 \begin_layout Subsection
39629 \begin_layout Standard
39630 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39631 \begin_inset space ~
39635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39637 reference "sec:Index"
39644 \begin_layout Subsection
39648 \begin_layout Standard
39649 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39650 \begin_inset space ~
39654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39656 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39663 \begin_layout Subsection
39667 \begin_layout Standard
39669 Tables are described in section
39670 \begin_inset space ~
39674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39676 reference "sec:Tables"
39683 \begin_layout Subsection
39687 \begin_layout Standard
39689 Graphics are described in section
39690 \begin_inset space ~
39694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39696 reference "sec:Graphics"
39703 \begin_layout Subsection
39707 \begin_layout Standard
39708 Inserts an URL as described in section
39709 \begin_inset space ~
39713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39715 reference "sub:URLs"
39722 \begin_layout Subsection
39726 \begin_layout Standard
39727 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39728 \begin_inset space ~
39732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39734 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39741 \begin_layout Subsection
39745 \begin_layout Standard
39746 Inserts a footnote, see section
39747 \begin_inset space ~
39751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39753 reference "sec:Footnotes"
39760 \begin_layout Subsection
39764 \begin_layout Standard
39765 Inserts a marginal note, see section
39766 \begin_inset space ~
39770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39772 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39779 \begin_layout Subsection
39783 \begin_layout Standard
39784 Inserts a short title, see section
39785 \begin_inset space ~
39789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39791 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39798 \begin_layout Subsection
39802 \begin_layout Standard
39803 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39804 \begin_inset space ~
39808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39810 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39817 \begin_layout Subsection
39819 \begin_inset Index idx
39822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39831 \begin_layout Standard
39832 Inserts a program listings box.
39833 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39835 Program Code Listings
39844 \begin_layout Subsection
39848 \begin_layout Standard
39849 Inserts the actual date.
39850 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39852 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39864 \begin_layout Section
39866 \begin_inset Index idx
39869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39878 \begin_layout Standard
39879 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39880 \begin_inset space ~
39883 of the current document.
39884 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39887 \begin_layout Subsection
39891 \begin_layout Standard
39892 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39893 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39895 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39899 \begin_inset space \space{}
39903 \begin_inset space ~
39907 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39908 \begin_inset space ~
39911 2.5 and use the menu
39914 \begin_inset space ~
39918 \begin_inset space ~
39925 \begin_inset space ~
39931 \begin_inset space ~
39935 \begin_inset space ~
39941 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39945 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39951 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39957 \begin_layout Standard
39958 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
39959 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
39962 \begin_layout Subsection
39963 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
39966 \begin_layout Standard
39967 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
39971 \begin_layout Subsection
39975 \begin_layout Standard
39976 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
39977 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
39978 on a cross-reference box.
39981 \begin_layout Section
39983 \begin_inset Index idx
39986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39995 \begin_layout Subsection
39999 \begin_layout Standard
40000 Change Tracking is described in section
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40007 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40014 \begin_layout Subsection
40019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40029 \begin_layout Standard
40030 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40032 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40035 \begin_layout Standard
40036 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40041 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40044 \begin_layout Subsection
40048 \begin_layout Standard
40049 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40050 \begin_inset space ~
40054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40056 reference "sec:Navigating"
40061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40063 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40070 \begin_layout Subsection
40071 Start Appendix Here
40074 \begin_layout Standard
40075 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40076 position as described in section
40077 \begin_inset space ~
40081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40083 reference "sec:Appendices"
40090 \begin_layout Subsection
40094 \begin_layout Standard
40095 Un/compresses the current document.
40098 \begin_layout Subsection
40102 \begin_layout Standard
40103 The document settings are described in appendix
40104 \begin_inset space ~
40108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40110 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40117 \begin_layout Section
40119 \begin_inset Index idx
40122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40131 \begin_layout Subsection
40135 \begin_layout Standard
40136 Spell checking is explained in section
40137 \begin_inset space ~
40141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40143 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40150 \begin_layout Subsection
40154 \begin_layout Standard
40155 The thesaurus is described in section
40156 \begin_inset space ~
40160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40162 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40169 \begin_layout Subsection
40171 \begin_inset Index idx
40174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40181 \begin_inset Index idx
40184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40193 \begin_layout Standard
40194 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
40195 highlighted document part.
40198 \begin_layout Subsection
40200 \begin_inset Index idx
40203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40212 \begin_layout Standard
40213 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40216 \begin_layout Subsection
40218 \begin_inset Index idx
40221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40222 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40233 Reconfiguration of LyX
40237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40250 \begin_inset Index idx
40253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40254 Reconfiguration of LyX
40262 \begin_layout Standard
40263 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40264 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40265 \begin_inset space ~
40269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40271 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40278 \begin_layout Subsection
40282 \begin_layout Standard
40283 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40290 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40297 \begin_layout Section
40299 \begin_inset Index idx
40302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40311 \begin_layout Standard
40312 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40316 \begin_layout Standard
40320 \begin_inset space ~
40325 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40326 found by LyX (see also section
40327 \begin_inset space ~
40331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40333 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40340 \begin_layout Section
40342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40344 name "sec:Toolbars"
40351 \begin_layout Standard
40352 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40353 \begin_inset space ~
40357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40359 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40366 \begin_layout Standard
40367 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40368 This is described in the
40370 Additional Features
40375 \begin_layout Subsection
40377 \begin_inset Index idx
40380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40389 \begin_layout Standard
40390 \begin_inset Graphics
40391 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40399 \begin_layout Standard
40400 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40406 \begin_layout Standard
40407 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40424 \begin_inset Note Note
40427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40428 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40433 manual for more information.
40441 \begin_layout Standard
40442 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40448 \begin_layout Standard
40449 \begin_inset Tabular
40450 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40451 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40459 \begin_inset Graphics
40460 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40474 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40487 \begin_layout Standard
40488 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40494 \begin_layout Standard
40496 \begin_inset Tabular
40497 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40498 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40499 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40500 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40524 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40531 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40554 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40584 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40591 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40600 arg "dialog-show print"
40608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40614 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40621 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40630 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
40638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40644 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40674 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40681 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40704 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40711 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40734 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40741 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40764 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40771 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40794 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40801 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40810 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
40818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40824 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40839 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40848 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
40856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40862 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40863 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40870 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40891 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
40893 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40895 \begin_inset space ~
40906 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40927 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
40929 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40931 \begin_inset space ~
40942 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40951 arg "textstyle-apply"
40959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40963 Formats text using the current settings in the
40965 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40967 \begin_inset space ~
40978 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41001 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41002 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41004 \begin_inset space ~
41013 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41022 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41043 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41050 arg "tabular-insert"
41058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41064 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41071 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41080 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41092 Toggle outline window on/off,
41094 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41101 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41110 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41122 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41128 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41137 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41149 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41162 \begin_layout Subsection
41164 \begin_inset Index idx
41167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41176 \begin_layout Standard
41177 \begin_inset Graphics
41178 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41186 \begin_layout Standard
41187 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41193 \begin_layout Standard
41194 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41198 \begin_layout Standard
41199 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41205 \begin_layout Standard
41206 \begin_inset Tabular
41207 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41208 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41209 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41210 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41211 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41238 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41247 arg "layout Enumerate"
41255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41265 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41274 arg "layout Itemize"
41282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41292 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41319 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41328 arg "layout Description"
41336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41346 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41355 arg "depth-increment"
41363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41369 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41371 \begin_inset space ~
41375 \begin_inset space ~
41384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41393 arg "depth-decrement"
41401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41409 \begin_inset space ~
41413 \begin_inset space ~
41422 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41431 arg "float-insert figure"
41439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41446 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41453 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41462 arg "float-insert table"
41470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41477 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41484 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41507 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41523 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41537 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41544 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41553 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41574 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41597 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41599 \begin_inset space ~
41608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41617 arg "nomencl-insert"
41625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41633 \begin_inset space ~
41642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41651 arg "footnote-insert"
41659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41672 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41681 arg "marginalnote-insert"
41689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41695 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41697 \begin_inset space ~
41706 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41730 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41732 \begin_inset space ~
41741 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41750 arg "box-insert Frameless"
41758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41771 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41801 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41855 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
41863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41869 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41870 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41877 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41886 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
41894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41901 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41903 \begin_inset space ~
41912 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41921 arg "dialog-show character"
41929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41935 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41937 \begin_inset space ~
41946 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41955 arg "layout-paragraph"
41963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41969 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41971 \begin_inset space ~
41980 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41989 arg "thesaurus-entry"
41997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42003 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42017 \begin_layout Subsection
42018 View / Update Toolbar
42019 \begin_inset Index idx
42022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42023 Toolbar ! View / Update
42031 \begin_layout Standard
42032 \begin_inset Graphics
42033 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42040 \begin_layout Standard
42041 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42047 \begin_layout Standard
42048 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42052 \begin_layout Standard
42053 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42059 \begin_layout Standard
42060 \begin_inset Tabular
42061 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42062 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42063 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42064 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42065 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42088 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42095 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42104 arg "buffer-update"
42112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42118 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42125 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42134 arg "master-buffer-view"
42142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42148 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42155 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42164 arg "master-buffer-update"
42172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42178 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42185 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42194 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42208 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42209 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42210 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42211 Synchronize with Output
42217 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42222 \begin_inset Graphics
42223 filename ../images/view-others.png
42225 groupId toolbarbuttons
42236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42242 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42243 View (Other Formats)
42249 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42254 \begin_inset Graphics
42255 filename ../images/update-others.png
42257 groupId toolbarbuttons
42266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42272 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42273 Update (Other Formats)
42286 \begin_layout Standard
42287 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42291 \begin_layout Subsection
42295 \begin_layout Standard
42296 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42297 \begin_inset space ~
42301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42303 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42307 , the table toolbar
42308 \begin_inset Index idx
42311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42321 manual, the math macro toolbar
42322 \begin_inset Index idx
42325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42338 \begin_layout Chapter
42339 The Document Settings
42340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42342 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
42347 \begin_inset Index idx
42350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42351 Document ! Settings
42359 \begin_layout Standard
42360 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42361 whole document and is called with the menu
42363 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42367 You can save your document settings as default with th
42369 e Save as Document Defaults
42371 button in the dialog.
42372 This will create a template named
42376 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42380 \begin_layout Standard
42381 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42384 \begin_layout Section
42388 \begin_layout Standard
42389 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42391 Document classes are described in section
42392 \begin_inset space ~
42396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42398 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42403 Some classes use some class options by default.
42404 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42408 and you can decide to use them or not.
42409 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42410 recommended not to touch them.
42411 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
42417 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42418 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42424 When you want one of the following drivers
42425 \begin_inset Newline newline
42428 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42429 \begin_inset Newline newline
42432 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42437 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42439 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42451 \begin_layout Standard
42452 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42453 child or subdocument.
42454 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42455 without its master.
42456 This way child documents are always compilable.
42457 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42468 \begin_layout Section
42472 \begin_layout Standard
42473 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42474 Please refer to the section
42482 manual for details.
42485 \begin_layout Section
42489 \begin_layout Standard
42490 Modules are explained in section
42491 \begin_inset space ~
42495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42497 reference "sub:Modules"
42504 \begin_layout Section
42508 \begin_layout Standard
42509 The document font settings are described in section
42510 \begin_inset space ~
42514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42516 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42523 \begin_layout Section
42527 \begin_layout Standard
42528 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42530 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42534 \begin_layout Standard
42535 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42536 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42537 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42540 \begin_layout Standard
42541 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
42549 \begin_layout Section
42553 \begin_layout Standard
42554 A description of this menu is given in section
42555 \begin_inset space ~
42559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42561 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
42566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42568 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42575 \begin_layout Section
42579 \begin_layout Standard
42580 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
42581 \begin_inset space ~
42585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42587 reference "sub:Margins"
42594 \begin_layout Section
42596 \begin_inset Index idx
42599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42600 Language ! Encoding
42608 \begin_layout Standard
42609 The document language and quote styles are set here.
42610 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
42611 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
42612 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
42613 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
42614 known for a particular character).
42618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42619 The known commands are defined in a text file.
42620 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
42625 manual for details.
42633 \begin_layout Standard
42634 If you use the option
42638 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
42639 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
42640 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
42641 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
42642 exactly one encoding.
42643 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
42646 \begin_layout Standard
42647 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
42648 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
42649 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
42650 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
42651 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
42652 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
42657 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
42658 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
42659 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
42660 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
42661 engines to standard LaTeX.
42662 Both engines support Unicode natively.
42663 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
42666 \begin_inset space ~
42673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42685 \begin_inset space ~
42692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42704 \begin_inset space ~
42710 \begin_inset space ~
42714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42716 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
42720 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
42723 \begin_layout Standard
42724 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42727 \begin_layout Description
42729 \begin_inset space ~
42733 \begin_inset space ~
42737 \begin_inset space ~
42744 , but the LaTeX-package
42749 \begin_inset Index idx
42752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42753 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42759 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
42760 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
42761 languages in TeX code.
42764 \begin_layout Description
42765 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
42766 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
42767 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
42770 \begin_layout Description
42772 \begin_inset space ~
42776 \begin_inset space ~
42779 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
42782 \begin_layout Description
42784 \begin_inset space ~
42788 \begin_inset space ~
42791 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
42794 \begin_layout Description
42796 \begin_inset space ~
42799 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
42802 \begin_layout Description
42804 \begin_inset space ~
42808 \begin_inset space ~
42811 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
42812 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
42815 \begin_layout Description
42817 \begin_inset space ~
42821 \begin_inset space ~
42824 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
42828 \begin_layout Description
42830 \begin_inset space ~
42834 \begin_inset space ~
42837 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
42838 ISO-8859-13 encoding
42841 \begin_layout Description
42843 \begin_inset space ~
42847 \begin_inset space ~
42851 \begin_inset space ~
42854 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
42855 \begin_inset space ~
42861 \begin_layout Description
42863 \begin_inset space ~
42867 \begin_inset space ~
42871 \begin_inset space ~
42874 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
42875 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
42878 \begin_layout Description
42880 \begin_inset space ~
42884 \begin_inset space ~
42887 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
42888 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
42889 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42890 \begin_inset space ~
42894 \begin_inset space ~
42900 \begin_layout Description
42902 \begin_inset space ~
42906 \begin_inset space ~
42909 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
42910 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
42911 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
42912 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42913 \begin_inset space ~
42917 \begin_inset space ~
42923 \begin_layout Description
42925 \begin_inset space ~
42929 \begin_inset space ~
42932 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
42935 \begin_layout Description
42937 \begin_inset space ~
42941 \begin_inset space ~
42944 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
42947 \begin_layout Description
42949 \begin_inset space ~
42953 \begin_inset space ~
42956 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
42959 \begin_layout Description
42961 \begin_inset space ~
42964 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
42967 \begin_layout Description
42969 \begin_inset space ~
42972 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
42975 \begin_layout Description
42977 \begin_inset space ~
42981 \begin_inset space ~
42984 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
42987 \begin_layout Description
42989 \begin_inset space ~
42993 \begin_inset space ~
42999 \begin_layout Description
43001 \begin_inset space ~
43005 \begin_inset space ~
43008 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43011 \begin_layout Description
43013 \begin_inset space ~
43017 \begin_inset space ~
43023 \begin_layout Description
43025 \begin_inset space ~
43029 \begin_inset space ~
43032 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43037 \begin_inset Index idx
43040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43041 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43046 , when using this, set the document language to
43051 \begin_layout Description
43053 \begin_inset space ~
43057 \begin_inset space ~
43060 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43064 , when using this, set the document language to
43067 \begin_inset space ~
43073 \begin_layout Description
43075 \begin_inset space ~
43079 \begin_inset space ~
43082 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43087 \begin_inset Index idx
43090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43091 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43096 , when using this, set the document language to
43101 \begin_layout Description
43103 \begin_inset space ~
43107 \begin_inset space ~
43110 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43114 , when using this, set the document language to
43119 \begin_layout Description
43121 \begin_inset space ~
43125 \begin_inset space ~
43128 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43132 , when using this, set the document language to
43137 \begin_layout Description
43139 \begin_inset space ~
43142 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43145 \begin_layout Description
43147 \begin_inset space ~
43151 \begin_inset space ~
43155 \begin_inset space ~
43158 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43161 \begin_layout Description
43163 \begin_inset space ~
43167 \begin_inset space ~
43171 \begin_inset space ~
43174 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43175 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43176 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43179 \begin_layout Description
43181 \begin_inset space ~
43185 \begin_inset space ~
43191 \begin_layout Description
43193 \begin_inset space ~
43197 \begin_inset space ~
43200 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43201 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43204 \begin_layout Description
43206 \begin_inset space ~
43210 \begin_inset space ~
43213 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43218 \begin_inset Index idx
43221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43222 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43227 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43230 \begin_layout Description
43232 \begin_inset space ~
43236 \begin_inset space ~
43239 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43247 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43252 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43254 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43257 \begin_layout Description
43259 \begin_inset space ~
43263 \begin_inset space ~
43266 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43271 \begin_inset Index idx
43274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43275 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43280 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43283 \begin_layout Description
43285 \begin_inset space ~
43288 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43293 \begin_inset Index idx
43296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43297 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43303 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43307 \begin_layout Description
43309 \begin_inset space ~
43313 \begin_inset space ~
43317 \begin_inset space ~
43320 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43321 \begin_inset space ~
43327 \begin_layout Description
43329 \begin_inset space ~
43333 \begin_inset space ~
43337 \begin_inset space ~
43340 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43341 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43342 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43346 \begin_layout Description
43348 \begin_inset space ~
43352 \begin_inset space ~
43356 \begin_inset space ~
43359 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43360 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43363 \begin_layout Standard
43364 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43368 LatexCommand formatted
43369 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43373 for more information on the language package.
43376 \begin_layout Section
43380 \begin_layout Standard
43381 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43382 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43383 \begin_inset space ~
43387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43389 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43396 \begin_layout Section
43400 \begin_layout Standard
43401 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43406 \begin_inset Index idx
43409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43410 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43420 \begin_inset Index idx
43423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43424 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43429 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43434 \begin_inset Index idx
43437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43438 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43443 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43445 For a further description see section
43446 \begin_inset space ~
43450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43452 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43459 \begin_layout Section
43463 \begin_layout Standard
43464 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43465 and you can define additional indexes.
43466 Please refer to section
43467 \begin_inset space ~
43471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43473 reference "sec:Index"
43480 \begin_layout Section
43484 \begin_layout Standard
43485 The PDF properties are explained in section
43486 \begin_inset space ~
43490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43492 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43499 \begin_layout Section
43503 \begin_layout Standard
43504 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
43509 \begin_inset Index idx
43512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43513 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
43523 \begin_inset Index idx
43526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43527 LaTeX-packages ! esint
43532 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
43535 \begin_layout Standard
43540 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
43541 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
43544 \begin_layout Standard
43549 is used for special integral characters.
43552 \begin_layout Section
43556 \begin_layout Standard
43557 The float placement options are described in section
43558 \begin_inset space ~
43562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43564 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
43571 \begin_layout Section
43575 \begin_layout Standard
43576 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
43577 The itemize environment is described in section
43578 \begin_inset space ~
43582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43584 reference "sec:Itemize"
43591 \begin_layout Section
43595 \begin_layout Standard
43596 Branches are described in section
43597 \begin_inset space ~
43601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43603 reference "sec:Branches"
43610 \begin_layout Section
43612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43614 name "sec:Doc-Output"
43621 \begin_layout Standard
43622 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
43625 \begin_layout Description
43627 \begin_inset space ~
43631 \begin_inset space ~
43634 Format: The format that is used when you hit
43635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43654 View Master Document
43655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43662 Update Master Document
43663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43670 menu or the toolbar.
43671 The default is set in
43673 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43674 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43679 LatexCommand formatted
43680 reference "sec:File-Formats"
43687 \begin_layout Description
43689 \begin_inset space ~
43693 \begin_inset space ~
43697 \begin_inset Note Note
43700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43709 \begin_layout Description
43711 \begin_inset space ~
43715 \begin_inset space ~
43719 \begin_inset Note Note
43722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43731 \begin_layout Section
43736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43746 \begin_layout Standard
43747 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
43748 to define LaTeX-commands.
43749 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
43750 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
43754 \begin_layout Standard
43755 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
43756 \begin_inset space ~
43760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43762 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
43769 \begin_layout Chapter
43775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43777 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
43782 \begin_inset Index idx
43785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43794 \begin_layout Standard
43795 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
43797 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43801 It has the following submenus.
43804 \begin_layout Section
43808 \begin_layout Subsection
43812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43813 User Interface File
43814 \begin_inset Index idx
43817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43818 Customization ! of toolbars
43824 \begin_inset Index idx
43827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43828 Customization ! of menus
43836 \begin_layout Standard
43837 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43845 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
43854 \begin_layout Standard
43855 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
43856 interface (ui) file.
43857 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
43858 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
43867 Both files are loaded by the
43872 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
43873 files and edit the entries.
43876 \begin_layout Standard
43877 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
43889 entries must be ended with an explicit
43914 and in the case of the
43915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43927 The syntax for the entries is:
43930 \begin_layout Standard
43931 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43959 \begin_layout Standard
43961 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43964 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
43966 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43968 \begin_inset space ~
43976 \begin_layout Standard
43977 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43983 \begin_layout Standard
43984 An example: Assuming you use the menu
43986 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43989 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
43993 \begin_layout Standard
43994 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44018 \begin_layout Standard
44020 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44023 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44030 \begin_layout Standard
44033 Enable tool tips in main work area
44035 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44039 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44043 \begin_layout Standard
44047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44054 restoring of window layout and geometries
44056 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44057 in the last LyX session.
44060 \begin_layout Standard
44063 Restore cursor positions
44065 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44069 \begin_layout Standard
44072 Load opened files from last session
44074 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44081 name "sub:Backup documents"
44086 \begin_inset Index idx
44089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44098 \begin_layout Standard
44103 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44106 \begin_layout Standard
44111 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44114 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44116 \begin_inset space ~
44124 \begin_layout Standard
44127 Open documents in tabs
44129 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44133 \begin_layout Subsection
44135 \begin_inset Index idx
44138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44147 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44154 \begin_layout Standard
44155 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44158 \begin_layout Standard
44159 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44167 This section only deals with the fonts
44172 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44175 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44176 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44187 \begin_layout Standard
44188 By default, LyX uses
44192 as roman (serif) font,
44200 (depends on the system) as
44203 \begin_inset space ~
44219 \begin_layout Standard
44220 You can change the font size with the
44225 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44226 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44229 \begin_layout Standard
44234 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44235 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44240 points have the size of 1
44241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44245 \begin_inset space ~
44249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44251 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44258 \begin_layout Standard
44263 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44268 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44269 \begin_inset space ~
44273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44275 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44282 \begin_layout Standard
44285 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44287 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44288 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44289 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44290 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44292 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44293 \begin_inset space ~
44299 \begin_layout Subsection
44301 \begin_inset Index idx
44304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44311 \begin_inset Index idx
44314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44323 \begin_layout Standard
44324 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44325 Choose an item in the list and use the
44332 \begin_layout Subsection
44334 \begin_inset Index idx
44337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44346 \begin_layout Standard
44347 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44350 \begin_layout Standard
44355 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44356 This feature is described in section
44357 \begin_inset space ~
44361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44363 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44370 \begin_layout Standard
44374 \begin_inset space ~
44378 \begin_inset space ~
44382 \begin_inset space ~
44387 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44390 \begin_layout Section
44392 \begin_inset Index idx
44395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44404 \begin_layout Subsection
44408 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44412 \begin_layout Standard
44415 Cursor follows scrollbar
44417 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44421 \begin_layout Standard
44422 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
44427 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
44428 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
44431 \begin_layout Standard
44434 Sort environments alphabetically
44436 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44439 \begin_layout Standard
44442 Group environments by their category
44444 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44447 \begin_layout Standard
44448 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
44460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44464 \begin_layout Standard
44465 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
44470 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
44471 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
44475 \begin_layout Subsection
44477 \begin_inset Index idx
44480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44487 \begin_inset Index idx
44490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44491 Settings ! Shortcuts
44499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44503 \begin_layout Standard
44504 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
44505 Several binding files are available:
44508 \begin_layout Description
44509 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
44512 \begin_layout Description
44513 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
44524 \begin_layout Description
44525 mac.bind set of bindings for
44528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44536 \begin_layout Standard
44537 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
44541 , and bind files for special languages.
44542 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
44543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44547 \begin_inset space \space{}
44551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44559 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
44563 \begin_layout Standard
44564 Some bind-files, like
44568 , have only a small scope.
44569 When looking at the end of the file
44573 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
44576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44580 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
44585 \begin_inset Index idx
44588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44589 Key Bindings ! Editing
44597 \begin_layout Standard
44598 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
44599 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
44600 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
44603 Show key-bindings containing
44606 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
44607 Insert there for example as keyword
44608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44615 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
44617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44625 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
44626 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
44630 that you will find in the
44637 \begin_layout Standard
44639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44643 \begin_inset space \space{}
44654 , select the function and press the
44659 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
44660 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
44661 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
44662 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
44663 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
44665 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
44667 The binding for the function
44671 is an example of this.
44674 \begin_layout Standard
44675 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
44677 The syntax of the entries is:
44680 \begin_layout Standard
44686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44704 \begin_layout Subsection
44706 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44708 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
44713 \begin_inset Index idx
44716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44723 \begin_inset Index idx
44726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44727 Settings ! Keyboard Map
44735 \begin_layout Standard
44736 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
44737 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
44739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44743 \begin_inset space \space{}
44746 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
44747 can use the keyboard map file named
44754 \begin_layout Standard
44755 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44763 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
44771 \begin_layout Standard
44772 Besides this, you can specify here the
44774 Wheel scrolling speed
44777 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
44781 \begin_layout Subsection
44783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44785 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
44790 \begin_inset Index idx
44793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44802 \begin_layout Standard
44803 Input completion is described in sec.
44804 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44810 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
44815 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
44817 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
44818 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
44822 \begin_layout Section
44824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44831 \begin_inset Index idx
44834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44841 \begin_inset Index idx
44844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44853 \begin_layout Description
44855 \begin_inset space ~
44858 directory This is LyX's working directory.
44859 It is the default when you
44870 \begin_inset space ~
44878 \begin_layout Description
44880 \begin_inset space ~
44883 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
44885 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44887 \begin_inset space ~
44891 \begin_inset space ~
44899 \begin_layout Description
44901 \begin_inset space ~
44904 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
44910 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44914 \begin_inset Newline newline
44918 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44930 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
44938 \begin_layout Description
44940 \begin_inset space ~
44944 \begin_inset Index idx
44947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44953 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
44954 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
44955 \begin_inset space ~
44959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44961 reference "sub:Backup documents"
44969 will be used to save the backups.
44970 \begin_inset Newline newline
44973 The backup files have the ending
44974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44984 \begin_layout Description
44989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44996 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
44997 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
44998 \begin_inset Newline newline
45002 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45010 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45018 \begin_layout Description
45020 \begin_inset space ~
45023 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45026 \begin_layout Description
45028 \begin_inset space ~
45031 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45032 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45033 to find it on the system.
45034 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45035 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45044 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45045 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45049 \begin_layout Section
45053 \begin_layout Standard
45054 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45055 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45057 \begin_inset space ~
45061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45063 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45067 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45070 \begin_layout Section
45072 \begin_inset Index idx
45075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45076 Language ! Settings
45082 \begin_inset Index idx
45085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45086 Settings ! Language
45094 \begin_layout Subsection
45096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45098 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45105 \begin_layout Description
45107 \begin_inset space ~
45111 \begin_inset space ~
45114 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45115 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45116 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45117 You find the actual translation status here:
45118 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45120 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45121 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45128 \begin_layout Description
45130 \begin_inset space ~
45133 language is the language used in new documents
45136 \begin_layout Description
45138 \begin_inset space ~
45141 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45143 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45144 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45161 The most widespread language package is
45165 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45166 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45167 with an alternative language package (
45171 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45172 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45174 \begin_inset Newline newline
45177 The available selections are:
45181 \begin_layout Itemize
45191 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
45195 \begin_layout Itemize
45201 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
45202 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
45203 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
45206 \begin_layout Itemize
45212 Lets you load some other language package (via
45225 \begin_layout Itemize
45231 Loads no language package at all
45235 \begin_layout Description
45237 \begin_inset space ~
45241 \begin_inset space ~
45244 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45248 \begin_layout Description
45250 \begin_inset space ~
45253 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45254 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45255 An example is the start command
45261 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45266 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45281 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45286 \begin_layout Description
45288 \begin_inset space ~
45296 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45297 command toggles the package on and off.
45300 \begin_layout Description
45302 \begin_inset space ~
45306 \begin_inset space ~
45309 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45310 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45311 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45312 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45319 \begin_layout Description
45321 \begin_inset space ~
45324 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45326 When this option is not set, the
45329 \begin_inset space ~
45334 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45335 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45338 \begin_inset space ~
45346 \begin_layout Description
45348 \begin_inset space ~
45354 \begin_inset space ~
45360 When it is not set, the
45363 \begin_inset space ~
45368 is set to the end of the document.
45371 \begin_layout Description
45373 \begin_inset space ~
45377 \begin_inset space ~
45380 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45381 language will be underlined blue.
45384 \begin_layout Description
45386 \begin_inset space ~
45390 \begin_inset space ~
45393 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45394 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45397 \begin_layout Description
45399 \begin_inset space ~
45402 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45403 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45404 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45405 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45408 \begin_layout Subsection
45412 \begin_layout Standard
45413 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45414 \begin_inset space ~
45418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45420 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
45427 \begin_layout Section
45431 \begin_layout Subsection
45433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45440 \begin_inset Index idx
45443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45450 \begin_inset Index idx
45453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45462 \begin_layout Description
45464 \begin_inset space ~
45467 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
45468 The name will be used when the
45473 \begin_inset Newline newline
45477 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45485 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
45493 \begin_layout Description
45495 \begin_inset space ~
45499 \begin_inset space ~
45503 \begin_inset space ~
45506 printer This option works only for the
45511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45523 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
45524 This is an option only for dvips experts.
45527 \begin_layout Description
45529 \begin_inset space ~
45532 command is the command LyX
45533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45540 LaTeX uses for printing.
45541 The default is on most systems
45548 \begin_layout Description
45550 \begin_inset space ~
45554 \begin_inset space ~
45557 Options Here you can specify printer options.
45558 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
45559 of the program that provides the
45566 \begin_layout Subsection
45568 \begin_inset Index idx
45571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45578 \begin_inset Index idx
45581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45582 Settings ! Date format
45590 \begin_layout Standard
45591 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
45592 \begin_inset Newline newline
45596 \begin_inset Flex URL
45599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45601 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
45607 \begin_inset Newline newline
45610 For example the format
45611 \begin_inset Newline newline
45615 \begin_inset Newline newline
45618 prints the date as day/month/year.
45621 \begin_layout Subsection
45625 \begin_layout Description
45627 \begin_inset space ~
45631 \begin_inset space ~
45634 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
45637 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45638 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45640 \begin_inset space ~
45646 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
45650 \begin_layout Description
45652 \begin_inset space ~
45655 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
45660 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
45661 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
45664 \begin_layout Subsection
45669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45679 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
45684 \begin_inset Index idx
45687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45696 \begin_layout Description
45698 \begin_inset space ~
45705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45713 \begin_inset space ~
45717 \begin_inset space ~
45720 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
45725 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
45747 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
45748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45760 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
45761 LyX sets up in the background.
45762 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
45765 \begin_layout Description
45767 \begin_inset space ~
45771 \begin_inset space ~
45774 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
45779 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
45782 \begin_layout Standard
45783 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
45784 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
45785 manuals of the applications.
45786 Currently the following commands can be set:
45789 \begin_layout Description
45794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45802 \begin_inset space ~
45805 command Command for the program
45809 that is described in the section
45815 Additional Features
45820 \begin_layout Description
45825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45833 \begin_inset space ~
45836 command Command for the program
45840 that generates the bibliography, see section
45841 \begin_inset space ~
45845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45847 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
45854 \begin_layout Description
45856 \begin_inset space ~
45859 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
45860 \begin_inset space ~
45864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45866 reference "sub:Index-Program"
45873 \begin_layout Description
45875 \begin_inset space ~
45878 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
45879 \begin_inset space ~
45883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45885 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
45892 \begin_layout Description
45894 \begin_inset space ~
45898 \begin_inset space ~
45902 \begin_inset space ~
45906 \begin_inset space ~
45909 options They only have an effect when the program
45913 is used as DVI-viewer.
45916 \begin_layout Standard
45917 There are additionally the following options:
45920 \begin_layout Description
45922 \begin_inset space ~
45926 \begin_inset space ~
45930 \begin_inset space ~
45934 \begin_inset space ~
45938 \begin_inset space ~
45941 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
45942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45959 to separate folders.
45960 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
45961 \begin_inset Index idx
45964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45971 \begin_inset Index idx
45974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45983 \begin_layout Description
45985 \begin_inset space ~
45989 \begin_inset space ~
45993 \begin_inset space ~
45997 \begin_inset space ~
46001 \begin_inset space ~
46005 \begin_inset space ~
46008 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46010 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46013 dialog when changing the document class.
46016 \begin_layout Section
46018 \begin_inset space ~
46022 \begin_inset Index idx
46025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46034 \begin_layout Subsection
46036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46038 name "sub:Converters"
46043 \begin_inset Index idx
46046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46055 \begin_layout Standard
46056 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46057 from one format to another.
46058 You can modify them or create new ones.
46059 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46066 \begin_inset space ~
46076 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46080 \begin_inset space ~
46085 drop-down list, modify the
46089 field, and press the
46096 \begin_layout Standard
46099 Converter File Cache
46101 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46104 Maximum Age (in days
46107 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46108 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46111 \begin_layout Standard
46112 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46113 the converter definition, is described in the section
46124 \begin_layout Subsection
46126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46128 name "sec:File-Formats"
46133 \begin_inset Index idx
46136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46143 \begin_inset Index idx
46146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46155 \begin_layout Standard
46156 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46157 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46161 \begin_layout Standard
46162 Furthermore, you can define the
46163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46166 Default output format
46167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46170 that is used when you hit
46171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46190 View Master Document
46191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46198 Update Master Document
46199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46202 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
46205 \begin_layout Standard
46206 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46207 is described in the section
46218 \begin_layout Standard
46219 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46220 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46221 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46222 This is done by specifying a
46227 More about this is described in the section
46238 \begin_layout Chapter
46239 Units available in LyX
46240 \begin_inset Index idx
46243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46252 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46259 \begin_layout Standard
46260 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46263 reference "cap:Units"
46267 explains all units available in LyX.
46270 \begin_layout Standard
46271 \begin_inset Float table
46277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46278 \begin_inset Caption
46280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46296 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46304 \begin_inset Tabular
46305 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46306 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46308 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46459 scaled point (65536
46460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46520 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
46524 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46548 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46575 % of original image width
46582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46789 \begin_layout Chapter
46791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46800 \begin_layout Standard
46801 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
46802 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
46805 \begin_layout Itemize
46808 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
46811 \begin_layout Itemize
46817 \begin_layout Itemize
46823 \begin_layout Itemize
46829 \begin_layout Itemize
46835 \begin_layout Itemize
46841 \begin_layout Itemize
46847 \begin_layout Itemize
46853 \begin_layout Itemize
46856 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
46859 \begin_layout Itemize
46865 \begin_layout Itemize
46871 \begin_layout Itemize
46877 \begin_layout Itemize
46883 \begin_layout Itemize
46889 \begin_layout Itemize
46895 \begin_layout Itemize
46901 \begin_layout Itemize
46907 \begin_layout Itemize
46909 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46918 \begin_layout Standard
46919 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46922 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
46929 \begin_layout Bibliography
46930 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46931 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46932 LatexCommand bibitem
46939 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46942 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
46947 \begin_inset Newline newline
46951 \begin_inset Flex URL
46954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46956 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
46964 \begin_layout Bibliography
46965 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46966 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46967 LatexCommand bibitem
46968 key "latexcompanion"
46972 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
46974 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
46977 Addison-Wesley, 2004
46980 \begin_layout Bibliography
46981 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46982 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46983 LatexCommand bibitem
46988 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
46991 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
46994 Addison-Wesley, 2003
46997 \begin_layout Bibliography
46998 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46999 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47000 LatexCommand bibitem
47007 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47010 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47013 \begin_layout Bibliography
47014 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47015 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47016 LatexCommand bibitem
47028 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47031 \begin_layout Bibliography
47032 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47033 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47034 LatexCommand bibitem
47040 \begin_inset Newline newline
47044 \begin_inset Flex URL
47047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47049 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47057 \begin_layout Bibliography
47058 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47059 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47060 LatexCommand bibitem
47066 \begin_inset Newline newline
47070 \begin_inset Flex URL
47073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47075 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47083 \begin_layout Bibliography
47084 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47085 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47086 LatexCommand bibitem
47092 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47094 name "Documentation"
47095 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47104 \begin_inset Newline newline
47108 \begin_inset Flex URL
47111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47113 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47121 \begin_layout Bibliography
47122 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47123 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47124 LatexCommand bibitem
47130 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47132 name "Documentation"
47133 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47137 how to use the program
47142 \begin_inset Newline newline
47146 \begin_inset Flex URL
47149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47151 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47159 \begin_layout Bibliography
47160 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47161 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47162 LatexCommand bibitem
47168 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47170 name "Documentation"
47171 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
47180 \begin_inset Newline newline
47184 \begin_inset Flex URL
47187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47189 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
47197 \begin_layout Bibliography
47198 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47199 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47200 LatexCommand bibitem
47206 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47208 name "Documentation"
47209 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47218 \begin_inset Newline newline
47222 \begin_inset Flex URL
47225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47227 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47235 \begin_layout Bibliography
47236 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47237 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47238 LatexCommand bibitem
47244 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47246 name "Documentation"
47247 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47251 of the LaTeX-package
47256 \begin_inset Index idx
47259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47260 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47266 \begin_inset Newline newline
47270 \begin_inset Flex URL
47273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47275 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47283 \begin_layout Bibliography
47284 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47285 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47286 LatexCommand bibitem
47292 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47294 name "Documentation"
47295 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47299 of the LaTeX-package
47304 \begin_inset Index idx
47307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47308 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47314 \begin_inset Newline newline
47318 \begin_inset Flex URL
47321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47323 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47331 \begin_layout Bibliography
47332 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47333 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47334 LatexCommand bibitem
47342 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47344 name "Documentation"
47345 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47351 of the LaTeX-package
47356 \begin_inset Index idx
47359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47360 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47366 \begin_inset Newline newline
47370 \begin_inset Flex URL
47373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47375 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47383 \begin_layout Bibliography
47384 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47385 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47386 LatexCommand bibitem
47392 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47394 name "Documentation"
47395 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
47399 of the LaTeX-package
47404 \begin_inset Index idx
47407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47408 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
47414 \begin_inset Newline newline
47418 \begin_inset Flex URL
47421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47423 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
47431 \begin_layout Bibliography
47432 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47433 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47434 LatexCommand bibitem
47440 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47442 name "Documentation"
47443 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
47447 of the LaTeX-package
47452 \begin_inset Index idx
47455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47456 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
47462 \begin_inset Newline newline
47466 \begin_inset Flex URL
47469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47471 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
47479 \begin_layout Bibliography
47480 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47481 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47482 LatexCommand bibitem
47488 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47490 name "Documentation"
47491 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
47495 of the LaTeX-package
47500 \begin_inset Index idx
47503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47504 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
47510 \begin_inset Newline newline
47514 \begin_inset Flex URL
47517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47519 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
47527 \begin_layout Bibliography
47528 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47529 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47530 LatexCommand bibitem
47536 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47539 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
47543 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
47544 \begin_inset Newline newline
47548 \begin_inset Flex URL
47551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47553 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
47561 \begin_layout Bibliography
47562 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47563 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47564 LatexCommand bibitem
47570 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47573 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
47577 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
47578 \begin_inset Newline newline
47582 \begin_inset Flex URL
47585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47587 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
47595 \begin_layout Bibliography
47596 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47597 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47598 LatexCommand bibitem
47604 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47607 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
47611 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
47612 \begin_inset Newline newline
47616 \begin_inset Flex URL
47619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47621 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
47629 \begin_layout Bibliography
47630 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47631 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47632 LatexCommand bibitem
47638 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47641 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
47645 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
47646 \begin_inset Newline newline
47650 \begin_inset Flex URL
47653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47655 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
47663 \begin_layout Bibliography
47664 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47665 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47666 LatexCommand bibitem
47672 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47675 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
47679 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
47680 \begin_inset Newline newline
47684 \begin_inset Flex URL
47687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47689 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
47697 \begin_layout Bibliography
47698 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47699 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47700 LatexCommand bibitem
47706 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47709 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
47713 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
47714 \begin_inset Newline newline
47718 \begin_inset Flex URL
47721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47723 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
47731 \begin_layout Bibliography
47732 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47733 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47734 LatexCommand bibitem
47740 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47743 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
47747 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
47748 \begin_inset Newline newline
47752 \begin_inset Flex URL
47755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47757 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
47765 \begin_layout Bibliography
47766 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47767 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47768 LatexCommand bibitem
47774 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47777 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
47781 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
47782 \begin_inset Newline newline
47786 \begin_inset Flex URL
47789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47791 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
47799 \begin_layout Bibliography
47800 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47801 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47802 LatexCommand bibitem
47808 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47811 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
47815 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
47816 \begin_inset Newline newline
47820 \begin_inset Flex URL
47823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47825 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
47833 \begin_layout Bibliography
47834 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47835 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47836 LatexCommand bibitem
47842 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47845 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
47849 about new features in
47854 \begin_inset Newline newline
47858 \begin_inset Flex URL
47861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47863 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
47871 \begin_layout Standard
47872 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47906 \begin_inset Note Note
47909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47916 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
47917 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
47918 bibliography is the second one:
47926 \begin_layout Standard
47927 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
47928 LatexCommand bibtex
47929 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
47930 options "biblio/alphadin"
47937 \begin_layout Standard
47938 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
47941 \begin_layout Standard
47942 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
47943 LatexCommand printnomenclature
47949 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
47950 LatexCommand printindex